PACCAR MX-13 EPA2013 Diagnostic Manual - P062A To P1223 - WK 11 2015

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 440

2013 PACCAR MX-13

Diagnostic Service Manual


EPA2013
(P062A to P1223)

Index

P062A P062B P062D P0640 P0650 P0666 P0668 P0669 P0691 P0692 P0698 P0699 P0703 P081C
P0833 P0865 P101E P101F P1020 P1021 P1022 P1023 P1024 P1025 P1026 P1029 P102A P102B
P102C P102D P102E P102F P1030 P1032 P1039 P103C P1040 P1042 P104B P104C P104D P1050
P1057 P1086 P1087 P1088 P1089 P1090 P1091 P109C P109D P1110 P1115 P1122 P1127 P1128
P1133 P1134 P1135 P1136 P1137 P1138 P1139 P113A P113B P1158 P1159 P1160 P1161 P1163
P1167 P1168 P1180 P1191 P1194 P1195 P1196 P1201 P1202 P1203 P1204 P1205 P1206 P1207
P1208 P1209 P1210 P1211 P1212 P1213 P1214 P1215 P1216 P1217 P1218 P1219 P1220 P1221
P1222 P1223

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 1|Page


P062A
Code number P062A
Fault code description Common rail pump unit control-Too short at a certain rail pressure
“Pressure below lowest allowable pressure at commanded pressure.”
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Fuel
Description of component(s) Common rail pump units 1 and 2 supply fuel to the common rail.

1. Outlet port
2. Solenoid connector
3. Sealing ring fuel supply gallery - outside
4. Sealing ring fuel supply gallery - fuel return gallery
5. Sealing ring fuel return gallery - crankcase
6. Spring
7. Roller lifter
8. Common rail pump unit cam
9. Fuel return port
10. Fuel supply port

Operation
The internal plunger is actuated via a roller lifter on the camshaft. Each pump has
three pump events every two crankshaft revolutions.
Fuel from the fuel gallery can enter the pump plunger area via an internal valve.
A pump event starts when the plunger travels up, the PCI ECU activates the solenoid
briefly, and the internal valve closes the opening to the fuel gallery. The internal valve
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 2|Page
is kept closed hydraulically, and the fuel is pumped to the rail via a check valve in the
outlet bore of the pump unit.
The pump event stops when the roller lifter passes the top of the camshaft lobe,
causing the plunger to travel downward again. Due to this, the pressure above the
plunger decreases and the internal valve opens the opening to the fuel gallery. The
check valve in the outlet bore closes and prevents fuel from flowing back from the rail
to the plunger area.

Control
The amount of fuel pumped to the rail depends on the duration of the pump event.
The earlier the solenoid is activated by the PCI ECU in the up stroke of the pump
plunger, the more (mg/stroke) fuel is pumped to the rail.
Effect on the system:
 Rail pressure control.
The rail pressure is closed-loop controlled. A comparison is made between the
actual rail pressure and rail pressure demands determined by the ECU. The rail
pressure is adjusted by pumping more or less fuel to the rail with the common
rail pump
Location of component(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 3|Page


Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when the rail pressure control state is: Pump unit only.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the common rail pump unit activation duration is
lower than expected for a particular rail pressure for more than 4 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 4|Page


Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

D420 L092 L093 Function


A25 2 Signal low, common rail pump unit 1
A26 1 Signal high, common rail pump unit 1
A27 1 Signal high, common rail pump unit 2
A28 2 Signal low, common rail pump unit 2
Technical data Component check, common rail pump unit 1 (L092)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L092
 Measure on component connector L092
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Condition
1 2 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, common rail pump unit 2 (L093)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L093
 Measure on component connector L093
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Condition
1 2 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Possible causes  common rail pressure sensor deviation
 common rail pump unit failure
Additional information  The common rail pump units (L092 and L093) supply fuel to the common rail. The
amount of fuel pumped to the rail (rail pressure) depends on the activation
duration of the pump event.
 The common rail pump unit control is closed-loop controlled. A comparison is
made between the expected and the actual common rail pump unit activation
duration.
 Engine torque is reduced

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 5|Page


Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 062A-a SRT


Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for any of the
following:
 Signs of fuel leaks
 Fuel component parts not installed correctly
 Bent or broken fuel lines
 Electrical connections are not secure
Was there evidence of any of the above?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean, adjust, repair, or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 2 Step ID 062A-b SRT


DAVIE Direct: Monitor EGR and related temperature sensors
Use DAVIE to monitor the following temperatures:
 EGR Temperature
 Ambient Temperature
 Intercooler Temperature
 Before Turbine Temperature
 Coolant Temperature
Idle the engine for a minimum of 10 minutes to allow temperatures to stabilize.
While monitoring, temperature values from sensor to sensor should not vary more
than ±30°F.
Do any monitored values vary by more than ±30°F?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean adjust, repair or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 6|Page


 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 3 Step ID 062A-c SRT


DAVIE Direct Test: Pressure Control Valve
Run the prescribed DAVIE Direct test to determine if the high pressure valve is
working correctly.
Does the test fail to complete or result in a failed state?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 4 Step ID 062A-d SRT


Replace: Electronic Unit pump
Replace the faulty Electronic Unit Pump.

Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.


 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process

Step 5 Step ID 062A-e SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C
[158°F]. Once the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a
minimum speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine
speed between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best
performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as many
engine power consumers on to produce engine load. Perform this test for roughly 5 to
8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile] increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3
to 5 miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road, if possible.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 7|Page


P062B
Code number P062B
Fault code description Internal ECU injector power generation-Voltage too high
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) Not Applicable
Location of component(s) Not Applicable
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs Continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The internal ECU injector power supply voltage is too high.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s) Not Applicable
Technical data Not Applicable
Possible causes Clear the fault with DAVIE. If the fault reoccurs after ignition on, replace the ECU.
Additional information  Numerous OBD monitors will not run anymore.
 Humidity calculation and correction switched off.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 062B-a SRT


Visual inspection - Visually inspect all applicable connectors and harnesses for
corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the diagnostic procedure.
Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 062B-b SRT


Verify that there are no other fault codes in DAVIE.
 If no other codes exist, proceed to step 3
 If there are other fault codes, correct them before proceeding.

Step 3 Step ID 062B-c SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the engine harness from the PCI. Verify that there is 12-
volt battery power and that grounds are good.
 If 12 V is present - Proceed to step 4.
 If there is a problem – Refer to Rapido for repair.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 8|Page


Step 4 Step ID 062B-d SRT
Turn the key ON, and verify that there is 12-volt ignition power to the PCI:
 If 12 V is present - Proceed to step 5.
 If there is a problem – Refer to Rapido for repair.

Step 5 Step ID 062B-e SRT


Possible PCI failure – Contact the Engine Support Center for further instructions on
replacement of the PCI.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with DAVIE connected and key ON, clear the errors. Start the
engine and let it idle to verify with DAVIE that the errors do not recur.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 9|Page


P062D
Code number P062D
Fault code description Internal ECU injector power generation – Voltage too low
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Location of component(s) This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The internal ECU injector power supply voltage is too low.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s) This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Technical data This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Possible causes Clear the fault with DAVIE. If the fault reoccurs after ignition on, replace the ECU.
Additional information  Numerous OBD monitors will not run anymore.
 Humidity calculation and correction switched off.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 062D-a SRT


Visual Inspection
Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for any of the
following:
 Loose, bent or broken connector
 Bent, broken, corroded, or pushed back pins
 Moisture or dirt inside the connector
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected
 Batteries are not okay, contacts are not secure

Was there evidence of any of the above?


 No: Continue to step 2 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean, adjust, repair, or replace affected components for any issues
identified. Proceed to step 3
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 10 | P a g e
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 2 Step ID 062D-b SRT


Electrical Checks (D420)
For all electrical checks and diagrams, refer to the Engine Service Rapido electrical
schematic viewer (ESV) for detailed schematics, connector pin locations, and
corresponding signal values.
 Enter the Engine number
 Select the ESV icon
 Click the Search button
 Select the “Component Code” within the Electrical Diagram Search pop-up
window
 In the component code box select D420 then Search.
Follow ESV through to find any electrical related problems.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
 Supply and signal voltages.
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements. Proceed
to Step 3

Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.


 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 3 Step ID 062D-c SRT


Replace: Engine Controller Unit (ECU)
Replace the identified faulty component.
Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center to confirm replacement of the
ECU.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 4 Step ID 062D-d SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
 For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 11 | P a g e


Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 12 | P a g e


P0640
Code number P0640
Fault code description Grid heater relay - Voltage too high or short circuit to supply
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s)

Please contact the Engine Support Center

Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Please refer to chassis wiring information.
Verification Drive Cycle N/A
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 13 | P a g e


P0650
Code number P0650
Fault code description Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) - Current too low or open circuit on ECU D420 pin
B23
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s)

Please contact the Engine Support Center

Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Please refer to chassis wiring information.
Verification Drive Cycle N/A
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 14 | P a g e


P0666
Code number P0666
Fault code description Internal ECU temperature – Data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect at ignition on
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s)

PCI ECU (D420)


Besides a microprocessor and the electronics to sense the inputs and control the
outputs, two sensors can be found in the electronic control unit:
 Atmospheric pressure sensor
 Temperature sensor

ECU atmospheric pressure sensor


The PCI ECU has an internal atmospheric pressure sensor in the housing. Air can enter
the ECU housing via the air vent (1).
Effect on the system:
 Reduces the maximum engine torque when driving at high altitudes (low air
pressure).

ECU temperature sensor


The PCI ECU has an internal temperature sensor on the printed circuit board.
Effect on the system:
 Monitors the temperature of the electronic control unit.

Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 15 | P a g e
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:


 when the ignition has been keyed off continuously for at least 8 hours;
 difference between the coolant temperature and ambient temperature is less
than 15°C [59°F]
 ambient temperature is more than -20°C [-4°F]
Set condition of fault code  The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the measured internal ECU temperature differs
by more than 3°C [37°F] from the average of other temperature sensors on the
engine for more than 5 seconds (after the ignition has been keyed off for at least
8 hours).
Reset condition of fault code The 8-hour ignition off diagnostics consists of three separate steps:
1. The vehicle ignition may NOT be switched on or engine started for 8-10
consecutive hours (ideal situation would be overnight).
2. Once the 8 to 10 consecutive hours have been reached, key on the ignition (NO
engine start) and wait for 10 seconds to allow the system to power up and the
diagnostics to run.
3. Start the engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s) This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Technical data This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Possible causes Faulty ECU
Additional information For this diagnostic, the internal PCI ECU temperature sensor reading is compared with
an average of other temperature sensors on the engine after the ignition has been
switched off for at least 8 hours.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 16 | P a g e


Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 0666a SRT


Visual Inspection
Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for any of
the following:
 Loose, bent or broken connector
 Bent, broken, corroded, or pushed back pins
 Moisture or dirt inside the connector
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected
 Batteries are not okay, contacts are not secure

Was there evidence of any of the above?


 No: Continue to the step 2 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean, adjust, repair, or replace affected components for any
issues identified. Proceed to step 3
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been
resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 2 Step ID 0666b SRT


Electrical Checks (D420)
For all electrical checks and diagrams, refer to the Engine Service Rapido
electrical schematic viewer (ESV) for detailed schematics, connector pin
locations, and corresponding signal values.
 Enter the Engine number
 Select the ESV icon
 Click the Search button
 Select the “Component Code” within the Electrical Diagram Search
pop-up window
 In the component code box select D420 then Search.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 17 | P a g e


Follow ESV through to find any electrical related problems.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical
values are within specified ranges or limits:
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
 Supply and signal voltages.
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).

Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?


 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been
resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 3 Step ID 0666c SRT


Replace: Engine Controller Unit (ECU)
Replace the identified faulty component.
Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center to confirm replacement of the
ECU.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been
resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 4 Step ID 0666d SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 18 | P a g e


P0668
Code number P0668
Fault code description Internal ECU temperature – Internal error
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center


Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 19 | P a g e


P0669
Code number P0669
Fault code description Internal ECU temperature – Internal error
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 20 | P a g e


P0691
Code number P0691
Fault code description Electronic controlled fan - Voltage too low or short circuit to ground on ECU D420 pin
C74
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s)

Please contact the Engine Support Center

Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Please refer to chassis wiring information.
Verification Drive Cycle N/A
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 21 | P a g e


P0692
Code number P0692
Fault code description Electronic controlled fan - Voltage too high or short circuit to supply on ECU D420 pin
C74
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s)

Please contact the Engine Support Center

Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Please refer to chassis wiring information.
Verification Drive Cycle N/A
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 22 | P a g e


P0698
Code number P0698
Fault code description ECU PCI 5V sensor supply – Voltage too low or short circuit to ground
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Location of component(s) This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The internal ECU reference sensor power supply voltage is too low.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s) This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Technical data This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Possible causes Broken reference sensor, internally in ECU.
Additional information  Numerous OBD monitors will not run anymore.
 Engine torque is reduced.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 23 | P a g e


P0699

Code number P0699


Fault code description ECU PCI 5V sensor supply – Voltage too high or short circuit to supply
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Location of component(s) This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The internal ECU reference sensor power supply voltage is too high.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s) This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Technical data This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Possible causes Broken reference sensor, internally in ECU.
Additional information  Numerous OBD monitors will not run anymore.
 Engine torque is reduced.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step This information not required since this is an internal PCI issue
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 24 | P a g e


P0703
Code number P0703
Fault code description CAN communication - Message (EBC1) out of range - EBS brake switch from brake
system
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Generic
Description of component(s) This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Location of component(s) This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive as soon as the error is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 25 | P a g e


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 26 | P a g e
Technical data This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Possible causes Check the cabin ECU for fault codes
Additional information No additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 0703a SRT


Visual Inspection
OFF the ignition key, disconnect the connector from component and ECU.
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
damage to wire harness, sign of exhaust leaks during each step of the diagnostic
procedure.

Was there evidence of any of the above?


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 27 | P a g e
 No: Proceed to step 2.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.

Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.


 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 2

Step 2 Step ID 0703b SRT


Data check
 Lookup the technical data of the specific system
 Perform the checking data test of the specific component
Is test pass?
 No: Proceed to step 3
 Yes : Proceed to step4

Step 3 Step ID 0703c SRT


Repair or replace component
 Repair or replace the component, also check for electrical connection and
wiring harness.
 Reconnect the connector
 ON the ignition key
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults:
 Is DTC fault active: Proceed to step 4
 Is DTC fault inactive: Issue resolved. Clear inactive fault.

Step 4 Step ID 0703d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To verify the repair:
With the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the engine off, and allow 10
seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 28 | P a g e


P081C
Code number P081C
Fault code description CAN communication - message (CCVS_VIC) out of range - park brake switch from
vehicle controller.
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Generic
Description of component(s) This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Location of component(s) This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive as soon as the error is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 29 | P a g e


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 30 | P a g e
Technical data This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Possible causes Check cabin ECU for faults
Additional information No additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 081C-a SRT


Visual Inspection
OFF the ignition key, disconnect the connector from component and ECU.
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
damage to wire harness, sign of exhaust leaks during each step of the diagnostic
procedure.

Was there evidence of any of the above?


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 31 | P a g e
 No: Proceed to step 2.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.

Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.


 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 2

Step 2 Step ID 081C-b SRT


Data check
 Lookup the technical data of the specific system
 Perform the checking data test of the specific component
Is test pass?
 No: Proceed to step 3
 Yes : Proceed to step4

Step 3 Step ID 081C-c SRT


Repair or replace component
 Repair or replace the component, also check for electrical connection and
wiring harness.
 Reconnect the connector
 ON the ignition key
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults:
 Is DTC fault active: Proceed to step 4
 Is DTC fault inactive: Issue resolved. Clear inactive fault.

Step 4 Step ID 081C-d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To verify the repair:
With the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the engine off, and allow 10
seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 32 | P a g e


P0833
Code number P0833
Fault code description CAN communication - Message (CCVS) out of range - Clutch switch from vehicle
controller
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Generic
Description of component(s) This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Location of component(s) This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive as soon as the error is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 33 | P a g e


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 34 | P a g e
Technical data This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Possible causes Check cabin ECU for faults
Additional information No additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 0833a SRT


Visual Inspection
OFF the ignition key, disconnect the connector from component and ECU.
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
damage to wire harness, sign of exhaust leaks during each step of the diagnostic
procedure.

Was there evidence of any of the above?


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 35 | P a g e
 No: Proceed to step 2.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.

Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.


 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 2

Step 2 Step ID 0833b SRT


Data check
 Lookup the technical data of the specific system
 Perform the checking data test of the specific component
Is test pass?
 No: Proceed to step 3
 Yes : Proceed to step4

Step 3 Step ID 0833c SRT


Repair or replace component
 Repair or replace the component, also check for electrical connection and
wiring harness.
 Reconnect the connector
 ON the ignition key
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults:
 Is DTC fault active: Proceed to step 4
 Is DTC fault inactive: Issue resolved. Clear inactive fault.

Step 4 Step ID 0833d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To verify the repair:
With the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the engine off, and allow 10
seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 36 | P a g e


P0865
Code number P0865
Fault code description CAN communication - Message (PROPB_AST) rate too low from transmission
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Generic
Description of component(s) This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Location of component(s) This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive as soon as the error is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 37 | P a g e


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 38 | P a g e
Technical data This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Possible causes  Breakdown in communication in the CAN network
 Open circuit, short circuit to ground, or short circuit to supply in the CAN network
wiring
Additional information No additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 0865a SRT


Visual Inspection
OFF the ignition key, disconnect the connector from component and ECU.
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
damage to wire harness, sign of exhaust leaks during each step of the diagnostic

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 39 | P a g e


procedure.
 Was there evidence of any of the above?
 No: Proceed to step 2.
Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 2

Step 2 Step ID 0865b SRT


Data check
 Lookup the technical data of the specific system
 Perform the checking data test of the specific component
Is test pass?
 No: Proceed to step 3
 Yes : Proceed to step4

Step 3 Step ID 0865c SRT


Repair or replace component
 Repair or replace the component, also check for electrical connection and
wiring harness.
 Reconnect the connector
 ON the ignition key
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults:
 Is DTC fault active: Proceed to step 4
 Is DTC fault inactive: Issue resolved. Clear inactive fault.

Step 4 Step ID 0865d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
 With the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the engine off, and
allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
 With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 40 | P a g e


P101E
Code number P101E
Fault code description BPV actuator position - Unable to reach target
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group - None
Freeze frame type - Exhaust gas
Description of Back pressure valve (BPV) actuator (L096)
component(s)
The BPV actuator consists of an actuator and a BPV valve.

The main task of the BPV valve is to create back pressure in the engine exhaust system
and control exhaust gas mass flow.

1 Lever
2 Spring
3 Butterfly valve
4 BPV actuator

The main components of the BPV actuator are:

 ECU
 Electromotor
The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 Output shaft
The butterfly valve is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft.
 Electromotor position sensor
The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 Output shaft position sensor
The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 Temperature sensor
The temperature of the ECU printed circuit board is monitored

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 41 | P a g e


Control

The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-CAN. The
actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the following
actuator inputs and outputs:

 Power supply voltage


 Electromotor position
 Electromotor current
 Output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software

After the ignition is keyed on, the valve position is 100% until the actuator is controlled
by the PCI ECU.

Unpowered and fail-safe position

The unpowered and fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and are
fully open (100%). If a failure is detected the BPV valve moves to the fail-safe position, if
possible.

Effect on the system:

 Creating heat in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.


A lower opening percentage results in a higher back pressure and more heat.
 Decreasing the exhaust gas flow in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS
system.
A lower opening percentage results in a lower exhaust gas flow in the exhaust
system and more heat.
 Altering the pressure drop across the turbine rotor for VTG turbo control.
 Creating back pressure to create EGR gas flow.
 Creating back pressure to create engine braking.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 42 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The BPV valve (L096) detects a difference between the actual shaft position and the
required shaft position for greater than 5 seconds.
Reset condition of fault This DTC changes to inactive after the ignition is keyed off for at least 15 seconds and
code keyed on again, and the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 43 | P a g e


122E 12-pin interface connector
123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU
F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
L096 BPV valve
D420 L096 Function
C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view Wiring harness connector L096 front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, BPV valve (L096)


This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter or oscilloscope. Perform
the following to assess the component:

 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE


 Perform the wiring check
Wiring check, BPV valve (L096)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L096

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 44 | P a g e


 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L096
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
4 3 Ubat Ignition keyed on

1 2 ± 60 Ω  Ignition keyed off


 Ground cable from the battery
disconnected
 DAVIE Vehicle Communication Interface
(VCI) disconnected
Possible causes  Bent actuator lever and/or link rod.
 Sticking or blocked BPV valve or mechanism.
Additional information  The position of the actuator shaft, and therefore the position of the BPV valve, is
monitored. Valve position: 0% is fully closed and 100% is fully open.
 The actuator motor is switched off and the BPV valve is fully open (100% position).
 Engine torque is reduced after 10 hours of engine operation.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting or
disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of damage
to the components.

 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that supply power


and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.

 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process will result
in multiple errors.

 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are provided in
this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the technical data sections in
Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.

 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3
ECUs, and then run the Quick Check to identify a change in DTC status.

 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper fault
isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence provided.

Step 1 Confirm DTC Status

Step 1A Perform a key-cycle

Action
1. Key the ignition off for at least 15 seconds, then key it on again.

Is P101E active?

Yes No

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 45 | P a g e


Refer to step 3A to clear all current codes
and run the corresponding repair
verification cycles and rechecks, to
determine if this DTC was an intermittent
or random occurrence.

Go to step 2A If this DTC is still present, go to step 2A

Step 2 Backpressure Valve (L096) Checks

Step 2A Visual inspection, connection rod installation, BPV valve (L096)

Action
1. Key off the ignition
2. Visually check that the connection rod of the BPV valve mechanism is installed
correctly. The arrow must point upward.

BPV connection rod installation


3. Visually check that the connection rod of the BPV valve mechanism is not
damaged.

Example of a bent lever and connection rod

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 46 | P a g e


Is the BPV valve connection rod damaged or installed incorrectly?

Yes No

Correct the installed connection rod or


replace if damaged.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If this DTC is still present, go to step 2B Go to step 2B

Step 2B Check the free movement of the BPV mechanism

Always set the ignition switch to OFF when working on the BPV
mechanism. The valve mechanism can move when the ignition is keyed
on, and touching the mechanism can result in physical injury.

Action
1. Set the ignition switch to OFF.
2. Check for free movement of the BPV mechanism by moving the connection
rod (1) by hand.
Caution: Do not use a tool to move the backpressure valve mechanism.

Movement of the backpressure valve mechanism requires the application of some


force because of the presence of a return spring. During the movement, check that:
 The resistance of the mechanism to move is uniform over the full travel path
of the connection rod (1), and
 The actuator shaft (3) and valve shaft (2) rotate over the full travel path of the
connection rod (1).

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 47 | P a g e


Backpressure valve mechanism movement

Does the BPV mechanism move freely throughout its full range?

Yes No
Correct any issues found, or replace the
BPV (L096) if the valve mechanism does
not move freely over the full travel path
of the connection rod.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

Go to step 2C If this DTC is still present, go to step 2C

Step 2C Visual inspection, blockage, BPV valve (L096)


Always set the ignition switch to OFF when working on the BPV valve
mechanism. The valve mechanism can move when the ignition is keyed
on, and touching the mechanism can result in physical injury.

Action
1. Set the ignition switch to OFF.
2. Loosen the exhaust pipe between the turbocharger and flexible pipe as
outlined in the maintenance procedure, “replace back pressure valve
assembly” (job ID 66144).
3. Check if there is an internal blockage or excessive soot accumulation around
the butterfly valve and housing. Open the valve by moving the connection rod
(1).
Caution: Do not use a tool to move the backpressure valve mechanism.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 48 | P a g e


Manually moving the BPV butterfly valve

Was any internal blockage found within the BPV valve?

Yes No

Correct any issues found, or replace the A malfunctioning BPV valve has been
BPV if it was found to be damaged. detected. Replace the BPV valve.
Refer to step 3A to perform the Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles and corresponding repair verification cycles
rechecks. and rechecks.

Go to step 2D If this DTC is still present after


performing all steps in the procedure,
contact the PACCAR Engine Support
Center for further assistance.

Step 2D Exchange BPV valve

Action
1. Key off the ignition.
2. Disconnect the BPV valve connector from the engine wiring harness
connector.
3. If available, connect another BPV without installing it.
4. Set the ignition switch to ON, and use DAVIE to view any current DTCs.

Is P101E active?

Yes No
A malfunctioning BPV valve has been
detected. Replace the BPV valve.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 49 | P a g e
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If all steps have been completed and this


DTC is still present, contact the PACCAR
Engine Support Center for further
assistance.

Step 3 Repair Verification

Step 3A Repair verification cycles


Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the DTC or
system being investigated.
Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Diagnostics,
Quick Check function to “Clear all” current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Action
1. Start-up
With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.
Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

Yes No

Investigate and correct any issues


preventing these repair verification
cycles from being completed, then re-
run. For additional assistance, contact
the PACCAR Engine Support Center.
Go to step 3B Go to step 3B

Step 3B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check, OBD Readiness Monitors

Action
Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs to determine
whether the actions taken have cleared this DTC.
1. Confirm that the corresponding OBD Monitor Readiness Status value is
displayed as “Ready.”
A status of Ready indicates that the corresponding OBD monitor has run
successfully and the problem has been resolved—no further action.
If the displayed status is “Not ready,” continue to action step 2.
2. View the DTC overview display, and confirm that P101E has been cleared.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 50 | P a g e


Is the related OBD Monitor Readiness Status set to “Ready.” Or, has P101E been
cleared?

Yes No
Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in this
troubleshooting procedure.
If all steps have been completed and this
DTC is still present:
 continue to operate the truck to
extend the run time, allowing
the corresponding OBD monitor
sufficient time to complete
 or, return to step 3A and
perform this repair verification
again.
If this issue is still present after
extending or re-running the repair
verification, contact the PACCAR Engine
Support Center for further assistance.

Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Center

For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 51 | P a g e


P101F
Code number P101F
Fault code description BPV actuator current – Data valid but too high
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group - None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The BPV actuator consists of an actuator and a BPV valve.
The main task of the BPV valve is to create back pressure in the engine exhaust
system and control exhaust gas mass flow.
 Lever
 Spring
 Butterfly valve
 BPV actuator

The main components of the BPV actuator are:


 ECU
 Electromotor
 The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 output shaft
 The butterfly is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft
 electromotor position sensor
 The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 output shaft position sensor
 The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 temperature sensor

The temperature of the printed circuit board of the ECU is monitored.


Control
The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-CAN.
The actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the
following actuator inputs and outputs:
 power supply voltage
 electromotor position
 electromotor current
 output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software

After the ignition is keyed on, the valve position is 100% until the actuator is
controlled by the PCI ECU.
Unpowered and fail-safe position
The unpowered and fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and are
fully open (100%). If a failure is detected the BPV valve moves to the fail-safe position,
if possible.

Effect on the system:


 Creating heat in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 52 | P a g e


 A lower opening percentage results in a higher back pressure and more heat.
 Decreasing the exhaust gas flow in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS
system.
 A lower opening percentage results in a lower exhaust gas flow in the exhaust
system and more heat.
 Altering the pressure drop across the turbine rotor for VTG turbo control.
 Creating back pressure to create EGR gas flow.
Creating back pressure to create engine braking.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The BPV actuator (L020) detects that the measured actuator current is greater than a
temperature-dependent value for more than 6 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive as soon as the error is no longer detected.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 53 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector L096 front view


122E 12-pin interface connector
123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU
F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 54 | P a g e
L096 BPV valve

D420 L096 Function


C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition
Technical data Component & wiring check, BPV valve (L096)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector L096
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L096
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe)
Value Additional information
4 3 Ubat ignition keyed on
1 2 ± 60 Ω  Ignition keyed off
 Ground cable from the battery
disconnected
 Vehicle Communication Interface (VCI)
of DAVIE disconnected
Possible causes  Sticking or blocked BPV valve or mechanism.
 High friction of the BPV valve bearings or mechanism in combination with a high
actuator temperature.
Additional information  The actuator motor torque is reduced with this fault active. Under certain
circumstances this can result in the actuator not being able to reach the target
position and P101E becoming active also.
 Engine torque is reduced with this fault active.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood
of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.

Step 1 Step ID 101Fa SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 55 | P a g e


diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 101Fb SRT


Electrical Checks (L020)
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
 Supply and signal voltages.
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 No: Continue to the next step 3 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step 3 in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 3 Step ID 101Fc SRT


Replace: BPV Actuator
If no problems were detected in the preceding steps, an internal problem has most
likely occurred with the BPV Actuator.
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step 4 in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 4 Step ID 101Fd SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 56 | P a g e


P1020
Code number P1020
Fault code description BPV actuator – Internal error
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) Back pressure valve (BPV) actuator (L096)

The BPV actuator consists of an actuator and a BPV valve.

The main task of the BPV valve is to create back pressure in the engine exhaust system
and control exhaust gas mass flow.

5 Lever
6 Spring
7 Butterfly valve
8 BPV actuator

The main components of the BPV actuator are:

 ECU
 Electromotor
The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 Output shaft
The butterfly is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft.
 Electromotor position sensor
The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 Output shaft position sensor
The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 Temperature sensor
The temperature of the ECU printed circuit board is monitored

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 57 | P a g e


Control

The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-CAN.
The actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the
following actuator inputs and outputs:

 Power supply voltage


 Electromotor position
 Electromotor current
 Output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software

After the ignition is switched on, the valve position is 100% until the actuator is
controlled by the PCI ECU.

Unpowered and fail-safe position

The unpowered and fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and are
fully open (100%). If a failure is detected the BPV valve moves to the fail-safe position,
if possible.

Effect on the system:

 Creating heat in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.


A lower opening percentage results in a higher back pressure and more heat.
 Decreasing the exhaust gas flow in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS
system.
A lower opening percentage results in a lower exhaust gas flow in the exhaust
system and more heat.
 Altering the pressure drop across the turbine rotor for VTG turbo control.
 Creating back pressure to create EGR gas flow.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 58 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The BPV valve (L096) detects an internal error.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive after the ignition is switched off for at least 15 seconds
and switched on again and the error is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 59 | P a g e


122E 12-pin interface connector
123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU
F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
L096 BPV valve
D420 L096 Function
C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view Wiring harness connector L096 front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, BPV valve (L096)


This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter or oscilloscope. Perform
the following to assess the component:

 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE


 Perform the wiring check
Wiring check, BPV valve (L096)
Preparation
 Switch off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L096
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L096

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 60 | P a g e


Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
4 3 Ubat Ignition switched on

1 2 ± 60 Ω  Ignition switched off


 Ground cable from the battery
disconnected
 DAVIE Vehicle Communication
Interface (VCI) disconnected
Possible causes Faulty BPV valve actuator.
Additional information  The actuator motor is switched off with this fault active.
 Engine torque is reduced with this fault active.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting or
disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of damage
to the components.
 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that
supply power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are
provided in this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the
technical data sections in Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.
 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and
EAS-3 ECUs and then run the Quick Check to identify a change in DTC
status.
 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper
fault isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence
provided.

Step 1 Investigate Related DTCs


Before troubleshooting this DTC, take notice of any other active or inactive DTCs. One
or multiple other DTCs could have been the cause of this DTC.

Step 1A Investigate related DTCs

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs.

Are these or other related DTCs active?


P101E; P1022; P1024; P1025; P1026

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 61 | P a g e


Yes No

Go to the troubleshooting information for


these DTCs before continuing with this
procedure.

Go to step 1B

Step 1B Confirm DTC active state

Action
1. Power-up/Electrical
With the brakes set, switch on the ignition with the engine off, and allow 10
seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.

Is P1020 active?

Yes No

Refer to step 3A to clear all current DTCs


and run the corresponding repair
verification cycles and rechecks to
determine if this DTC was an intermittent
or random occurrence.

Go to step 2A If this DTC is still present, go to step 2A

Step 2 Back Pressure Valve (L096) Checks

Step 2A Visual inspection, connection rod installation, BPV valve (L096)

Action
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Visually check that the connection rod of the BPV valve mechanism is
installed correctly. The arrow must point upward.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 62 | P a g e


BPV connection rod installation
3. Visually check that the connection rod of the BPV valve mechanism is not
damaged.

Example of a bent lever and connection rod

Is the BPV valve connection rod damaged or installed incorrectly?

Yes No

Correct the installed connection rod or


replace if damaged.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If this DTC is still present, go to step 2B Go to step 2B

Step 2B Check the free movement of the BPV mechanism

Always switch off the ignition when working on the BPV mechanism.
The valve mechanism can move when the ignition is switched on and
touching the mechanism can result in physical injury.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 63 | P a g e


Action
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Check for free movement of the BPV mechanism by moving the connection
rod (1) by hand.
Caution: Do not use a tool to move the back pressure valve mechanism.

Movement of the back pressure valve mechanism requires the application of some
force because of the presence of a return spring. During the movement, check that:
 The resistance of the mechanism to move is uniform over the full travel path
of the connection rod (1), and
 The actuator shaft (3) and valve shaft (2) rotate over the full travel path of
the connection rod (1).

Back pressure valve mechanism movement

Does the BPV mechanism move freely throughout its full range?

Yes No
Correct any issues found if the valve
mechanism does not move freely over
the full travel path of the connection
rod.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

Go to step 2C If this DTC is still present, go to step 2C

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 64 | P a g e


Step 2C Visual inspection, blockage, BPV valve (L096)

Always switch off the ignition when working on the BPV valve
mechanism. The valve mechanism can move when the ignition is
switched on and touching the mechanism can result in physical injury.

Action
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Loosen the exhaust pipe between the BPV valve and flexible pipe as outlined
in the maintenance procedure, “replace assembly back pressure valve
(aftertreatment, eng.)”, job code J 1435 264406 001 033.
3. Check if there is an internal blockage or excessive soot accumulation around
the butterfly valve and housing. Open the valve by moving the connection
rod (1).
Caution: Do not use a tool to move the back pressure valve mechanism.

Manually moving the BPV butterfly valve

Was any internal blockage found within the BPV valve?

Yes No

Correct any issues found or replace the BPV


if it was found to be damaged.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles and
rechecks.

If this DTC is still present, go to step 2D Go to step 2D

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 65 | P a g e


Step 2D Replace BPV valve (L096)

Action
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Disconnect the BPV valve connector from the engine wiring harness
connector.
3. If available, connect another BPV without installing it.
4. Switch on the ignition, and use DAVIE to view any current DTCs.

Is P1020 active?

Yes No
A malfunctioning BPV valve has been
detected. Contact the PACCAR Engine
Support Center for further assistance in
diagnosing this issue and replacement
of the BPV valve.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If all steps have been completed and this


DTC is still present, contact the PACCAR
Engine Support Center for further
assistance.

Step 3 Repair Verification

Step 3A Repair verification cycles

Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the DTC or
system being investigated.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE


Diagnostics, Quick Check function to “Clear all” current DTCs from the
PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Action
1. Power-up/Electrical
With the brakes set, switch on the ignition with the engine off, and allow 10
seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.

Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 66 | P a g e


Yes No

Investigate and correct any issues


preventing these repair verification
cycles from being completed, then re-
run. For additional assistance, contact
the PACCAR Engine Support Center.

Go to step 3B

Step 3B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check, OBD Readiness Monitors

Action
Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs to determine
whether the actions taken have cleared this DTC.
1. Confirm that the corresponding OBD Monitor Readiness Status value is
displayed as “Ready.”
A status of Ready indicates that the corresponding OBD monitor has run
successfully and the problem has been resolved—no further action.
If the displayed status is “Not ready,” continue to action step 2.
2. View the DTC overview display and confirm that P1020 has been cleared.

Is the related OBD Monitor Readiness Status set to “Ready.” Or, has P1020 been
cleared?

Yes No

Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in this
troubleshooting procedure.
If all steps have been completed and
this DTC is still present:
 continue to operate the truck to
extend the run time, allowing
the corresponding OBD monitor
sufficient time to complete
 or, return to step 3A and
perform this repair verification
again.
If this issue is still present after
extending or re-running the repair
verification, contact the PACCAR Engine
Support Center for further assistance.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 67 | P a g e


Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to
the replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine
Support Call Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 68 | P a g e


P1021
Code number P1021

Fault code description BPV actuator – CAN communication error

Fault code information 1 trip MIL


3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) Back pressure valve (BPV) actuator (L096)

The BPV actuator consists of an actuator and a BPV valve.

The main task of the BPV valve is to create back pressure in the engine exhaust system
and control exhaust gas mass flow.

9 Lever
10 Spring
11 Butterfly valve
12 BPV actuator

The main components of the BPV actuator are:

 ECU
 Electromotor
The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 Output shaft
The butterfly valve is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft.
 Electromotor position sensor
The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 Output shaft position sensor
The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 Temperature sensor
The temperature of the ECU printed circuit board is monitored

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 69 | P a g e


Control

The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-CAN.
The actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the
following actuator inputs and outputs:

 Power supply voltage


 Electromotor position
 Electromotor current
 Output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software

After the ignition is keyed on, the valve position is 100% until the actuator is controlled
by the PCI ECU.

Unpowered and fail-safe position

The unpowered and fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and are
fully open (100%). If a failure is detected the BPV valve moves to the fail-safe position,
if possible.

Effect on the system:

 Creating heat in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.


A lower opening percentage results in a higher back pressure and more heat.
 Decreasing the exhaust gas flow in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS
system.
A lower opening percentage results in a lower exhaust gas flow in the exhaust
system and more heat.
 Altering the pressure drop across the turbine rotor for VTG turbo control.
 Creating back pressure to create EGR gas flow.
 Creating back pressure to create engine braking.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 70 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.

Set condition of fault code The BPV actuator (L020) detects that the cyclic CAN command message transmitted by
the PCI ECU (D420) is missing for more than 2 seconds.

Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive as soon as the error is no longer detected.

Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 71 | P a g e


122E 12-pin interface connector
123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU
F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
L096 BPV valve
D420 L096 Function
C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view Wiring harness connector L096 front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, BPV valve (L096)


This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter or oscilloscope. Perform
the following to assess the component:

 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE


 Perform the wiring check

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 72 | P a g e


Wiring check, BPV valve (L096)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L096
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L096

Pin Pin Value Additional information


(+ probe) (- probe)
4 3 Ubat Ignition keyed on

1 2 ~ 60 Ω  Ignition keyed off


 Ground cable from the battery
disconnected
 DAVIE Vehicle Communication
Interface (VCI) disconnected
Possible causes CAN wiring, see "General troubleshooting - CAN"

Additional information  The BPV actuator (L020) is controlled by a cyclic CAN command message
transmitted by the PCI ECU (D420) in which the operating mode and the target
position are demanded.
 There is still CAN communication between the BPV actuator and PCI ECU with this
fault active.
 The actuator motor is switched off and the BPV valve is fully opened (100%
position) with this fault active.
 Engine torque is reduced with this fault active.

Diagnostic Step-by-Step

This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. All steps of the
troubleshooting tree must be completed.

Step 1. Perform a key-cycle

Step 1.A Perform a key-cycle

Action
2. Key the ignition off for at least 15 seconds, then key it on again.

Is DTC P1021 active?

Yes No

Go to Error! Reference source not found. Go to 5.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 73 | P a g e


Step 2. Visual inspection , BPV valve

Step 2.A Visual inspection, BPV valve connections and wiring

Action
5. Key off the ignition.
6. Visually inspect the connections and wiring for any of the following:
 Damaged or loose connectors
 Bent, broken, corroded, or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connections
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected

Is there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No

Correct any issues found.

Go to 3.A Go to 5.A

Step 3. Electrical Checks, BPV valve

Step 3.A Check the BPV valve CAN connection and power supply

Action
1. Monitor the vehicle power supply during engine startup and operation.
2. Check the actuator CAN connection and power supply according to
“Checking data, BPV valve (L096)”.

Are the CAN connection and power supply values within the specifications?

Yes No

Repair or replace components and/or


wiring as necessary.

Go to 4.A Go to 5.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 74 | P a g e


Step 4. Try another BPV valve

Step 4.A Try another BPV valve

Action
3. Key off the ignition.
4. Disconnect the BPV valve connector from the engine wiring harness
connector.
5. If available, connect another BPV valve without installing it.

Is P1021 active?

Yes No

A malfunctioning BPV valve has been


detected. Replace the BPV valve.

Malfunctioning of the
originally installed actuator
can be confirmed if DTC
P1021 becomes active again
when it is reconnected to the
engine wiring harness
connector.

For further assistance in diagnosing this Go to 5.A


issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components,
contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.

Step 5. Reset the DTCs

Step 5.A Reset the DTCs

Action
1. Reset the DTCs
2. Troubleshooting active DTCs

DTCs reset?

Yes No

Return to troubleshooting steps.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 75 | P a g e


Repair complete Go to 1.A

Verification Drive Cycle Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
confirm that this fault is no longer active.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Quick Check
function to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Start-up

With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 76 | P a g e


P1022
Code number P1022
Fault code description BPV actuator – Internal short circuit detected
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of Back pressure valve (BPV) actuator (L096)
component(s)
The BPV actuator consists of an actuator and a BPV valve.

The main task of the BPV valve is to create back pressure in the engine exhaust system and
control exhaust gas mass flow.

13 Lever
14 Spring
15 Butterfly valve
16 BPV actuator

The main components of the BPV actuator are:

 ECU
 Electromotor
The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 Output shaft
The butterfly valve is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft.
 Electromotor position sensor
The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 Output shaft position sensor
The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 Temperature sensor
The temperature of the ECU printed circuit board is monitored

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 77 | P a g e


Control

The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-CAN. The
actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the following
actuator inputs and outputs:

 Power supply voltage


 Electromotor position
 Electromotor current
 Output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software

After the ignition is keyed on, the valve position is 100% until the actuator is controlled by
the PCI ECU.

Unpowered and fail-safe position

The unpowered and fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and are fully
open (100%). If a failure is detected the BPV valve moves to the fail-safe position, if
possible.

Effect on the system:

 Creating heat in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.


A lower opening percentage results in a higher back pressure and more heat.
 Decreasing the exhaust gas flow in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.
A lower opening percentage results in a lower exhaust gas flow in the exhaust
system and more heat.
 Altering the pressure drop across the turbine rotor for VTG turbo control.
 Creating back pressure to create EGR gas flow.
 Creating back pressure to create engine braking.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 78 | P a g e


Location of
component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.

Set condition of fault The BPV valve (L096) detects that the internal actuator current is too high.
code
Reset condition of fault This DTC changes to inactive as soon as the fault is no longer detected.
code
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 79 | P a g e


122E 12-pin interface connector
123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU
F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
L096 BPV valve
D420 L096 Function
C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view Wiring harness connector L096 front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, BPV valve (L096)


This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter or oscilloscope. Perform the
following to assess the component:

 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE


 Perform the wiring check

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 80 | P a g e


Wiring check, BPV valve (L096)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L096
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L096
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
4 3 Ubat Ignition keyed on

1 2 ~ 60 Ω  Ignition keyed off


 Ground cable from the battery
disconnected
 DAVIE Vehicle Communication Interface
(VCI) disconnected

Possible causes  High friction or sticking BPV valve bearings or mechanism.


 Blocked BPV valve.

Additional information  The actuator current is monitored.


 The actuator motor is switched off and the BPV valve is fully opened (100% position)
with this fault active.
 Engine torque is reduced after 10 hours of engine operation.

Diagnostic Step-by-Step This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. All steps of the
troubleshooting tree must be completed.

Step 1. Perform a key-cycle

Step 1. A Perform a key-cycle

Action
3. Key the ignition off for at least 15 seconds, then key it on again.

Is DTC P1022 active?

Yes No

Go to 2.A Step 2.B

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 81 | P a g e


Step 2. Check the BPV valve

Step 2. A Visual inspection, BPV valve mechanism


Action
4. Key off the ignition
5. Visually check that the connection rod of the BPV valve mechanism is installed
correctly. The arrow must point upward.
Correct the installed connection rod.

Is the BPV valve mechanism free of damage?


Yes No

Go to 2.B Go to 4.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 82 | P a g e


Step 2.B Visual inspection, BPV valve mechanism
Action
1. Key off the ignition
2. Visually check that the connection rod of the BPV valve mechanism is free of
damage.
Correct valve mechanism

Example of a bent lever and connection rod

Is the BPV valve mechanism free of damage?

Yes No

Go to 2.C Go to 4.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 83 | P a g e


Step 2.C Check the free movement of the BPV valve mechanism
The valve mechanism can move when the ignition is keyed on. Touching the mechani
can result in physical injury.
 Always key off the ignition when working on the BPV valve mechanism

Action
3. Key off the ignition
4. Check the free movement of the valve mechanism by moving the connection rod
(1) by hand.
The movement requires some force because of the presence of a return spring.
Check during the movement that:
o The resistance of the mechanism to move is uniform over the full travel
path of the connection rod (1), and
o The actuator shaft (3) and valve shaft (2) rotate over the full travel path
of the connection rod (1).

Do not use a tool to move the mechanism.

Does the BPV valve mechanism move freely?

Yes No

Go to 3.A Go to 2.D

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 84 | P a g e


Step 2.D Check for blockage in the BPV valve housing
The valve mechanism can move when the ignition is keyed on. Touching the mechani
can result in physical injury.
 Always key off the ignition when working on the BPV valve mechanism.
 Maintain a safe distance if the valve is monitored with the ignition keyed on.

Action
4. Key off the ignition
5. Loosen the exhaust pipe between the turbocharger and flexible pipe according to
the job, Replace back pressure valve assembly.
6. Check if there is an internal blockage or excessive soot accumulation around the
butterfly valve and housing. Open the valve by moving the connection rod (1).

Do not use a tool to move the mechanism.

Was any blockage found?

Yes No
1. Remove blockage/clean the internal valve A malfunctioning BPV valve has
housing. been detected. Replace the BPV
2. Monitor the BPV valve position with DAVIE, to valve.
check that the cleaning was effective.
3. Install the exhaust pipe between the
turbocharger and flexible pipe according to
the job, Replace back pressure valve assembly.
Go to 4.A Go to 4.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 85 | P a g e


Step 3. Try another BPV valve

Step 3. A Try another BPV valve


Action
7. Key off the ignition.
8. Disconnect the BPV valve connector from the engine wiring harness connector.
9. If available, connect another BPV valve without installing it.

Is P1022 active?

Yes No

A malfunctioning BPV valve has been


detected. Replace the BPV valve.

Malfunctioning of the
originally installed actuator
can be confirmed if DTC P1022
becomes active again when it
is reconnected to the engine
wiring harness connector.

For further assistance in diagnosing this Go to 4.A


issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components,
contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.

Step 4. Reset the DTCs

Step 4.A Reset the DTCs


Action
Reset the DTCs
If DTCs are still present, troubleshoot the active DTCs.

DTCs reset?

Yes No

Return to troubleshooting steps.

Repair complete Go to 1.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 86 | P a g e


Verification Drive Cycle Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to confirm
that this fault is no longer active.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Quick Check function to
clear all current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Start-up

With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 87 | P a g e


P1023
Code number P1023

Fault code description BPV actuator temperature - Data valid but too high

Fault code information 1 trip MIL


3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Exhaust gas

Description of component(s) Back pressure valve (BPV) actuator (L096)

The BPV actuator consists of an actuator and a BPV valve.

The main task of the BPV valve is to create back pressure in the engine exhaust
system and control exhaust gas mass flow.

17 Lever
18 Spring
19 Butterfly valve
20 BPV actuator

The main components of the BPV actuator are:

 ECU
 Electromotor
The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 Output shaft
The butterfly valve is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft.
 Electromotor position sensor
The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 Output shaft position sensor
The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 Temperature sensor

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 88 | P a g e


The temperature of the ECU printed circuit board is monitored

Control

The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-CAN.
The actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the
following actuator inputs and outputs:

 Power supply voltage


 Electromotor position
 Electromotor current
 Output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software

After the ignition is keyed on, the valve position is 100% until the actuator is
controlled by the PCI ECU.

Unpowered and fail-safe position

The unpowered and fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and are
fully open (100%). If a failure is detected the BPV valve moves to the fail-safe
position, if possible.

Effect on the system:

 Creating heat in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.


A lower opening percentage results in a higher back pressure and more heat.
 Decreasing the exhaust gas flow in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS
system.
A lower opening percentage results in a lower exhaust gas flow in the
exhaust system and more heat.
 Altering the pressure drop across the turbine rotor for VTG turbo control.
 Creating back pressure to create EGR gas flow.
 Creating back pressure to create engine braking.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 89 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.

Set conditions The BPV valve (L096) detects that the temperature of the actuator is greater than
142°C for more than 30 seconds.

Reset conditions This DTC changes to inactive after the ignition is keyed off for at least 15 seconds and
keyed on again, and the fault is no longer detected.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 90 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

122E 12-pin interface connector


123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU
F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
L096 BPV valve
D420 L096 Function
C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition

Wiring harness connector D420.C front Wiring harness connector L096 front view
view

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 91 | P a g e


Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, BPV valve (L096)


This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter or oscilloscope.
Perform the following to assess the component:

 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE


 Perform the wiring check

Wiring check, BPV valve (L096)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L096
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L096
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
4 3 Ubat Ignition keyed on

1 2 ~ 60 Ω  Ignition keyed off


 Ground cable from the battery
disconnected
 DAVIE Vehicle Communication Interface
(VCI) disconnected

Possible causes  The ignition is keyed on shortly after a hot engine shutdown.

 Malfunctioning cooling system


Check the engine cooling system for:

o Low coolant level


o Air in cooling system
o Blocked cooling pipes to the actuator
Additional information  The temperature is measured on the (printed circuit board) of the actuator.
 The actuator motor is switched off and the BPV valve is fully opened (100%
position) with this fault active.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 92 | P a g e


 Engine torque is reduced with this fault active.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. All steps of the
troubleshooting tree must be completed.

Step 1. Perform a key cycle

Step 1. A Perform a key-cycle

Action
4. Key the ignition off for at least 15 seconds, then key it on again.

Is DTC P1023 active?

Yes No

Go to 3.A Step 2.A

Step 2. Operate the engine at normal operating temperature

Step 2. A Check for an active P1023

Action
1. Operate the engine at normal operating temperature.

Is DTC P1023 active?

Yes No

Go to 3.A Step 5.A

Step 3. Check the cooling system

Step 3. A Check the coolant level of the vehicle cooling system

Action
1. Check the coolant level

Is the coolant level correct?

Yes No

Refill the coolant level

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 93 | P a g e


Go to 3.B Step 2.A

Step 3. B Inspect the actuator cooling circuit

Action
1. Check the coolant supply and return pipes of the BPV actuator according
to the maintenance job, Check/clean all coolant pipes.

Does the actuator cooling work sufficiently?

Yes No

Clean/replace the contaminated or


damaged coolant pipe.

Go to 4.A Step 2.A

Step 4. Try another BPV valve

Step 4. A Try another BPV valve

Action

10. Key off the ignition.


11. Disconnect the BPV valve connector from the engine wiring harness
connector.
12. If available, connect another BPV valve without installing it.

Is P1023 active?

Yes No

A malfunctioning BPV valve has been


detected. Replace the BPV valve.

Malfunctioning of the originally installed


P1022 becomes active again when it is r
harness connector.

For further assistance in diagnosing this Go to 4.A


issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components,
contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 94 | P a g e


Center at 1-800-477-0251.

Step 5. Reset the DTCs

Step 5.A Reset the DTCs

Action

Reset the DTCs


If DTCs are still present, troubleshoot the active DTCs.

DTCs reset?

Yes No

Return to troubleshooting steps.

Repair complete Go to 1.A

Verification Drive Cycle Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
confirm that this fault is no longer active.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Quick Check function to clear
DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Start-up

With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 95 | P a g e


P1024
Code number P1024

Fault code description BPV actuator power supply – Incorrect

Fault code information 1 trip MIL


3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive

Description of Back pressure valve (BPV) actuator (L096)


component(s)
The BPV actuator consists of an actuator and a BPV valve.

The main task of the BPV valve is to create back pressure in the engine exhaust system
and control exhaust gas mass flow.

21 Lever
22 Spring
23 Butterfly valve
24 BPV actuator

The main components of the BPV actuator are:

 ECU
 Electromotor
The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 Output shaft
The butterfly valve is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft.
 Electromotor position sensor
The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 Output shaft position sensor
The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 Temperature sensor

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 96 | P a g e


The temperature of the ECU printed circuit board is monitored

Control

The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-CAN.
The actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the
following actuator inputs and outputs:

 Power supply voltage


 Electromotor position
 Electromotor current
 Output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software

After the ignition is keyed on, the valve position is 100% until the actuator is controlled
by the PCI ECU.

Unpowered and fail-safe position

The unpowered and fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and are
fully open (100%). If a failure is detected the BPV valve moves to the fail-safe position, if
possible.

Effect on the system:

 Creating heat in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.


A lower opening percentage results in a higher back pressure and more heat.
 Decreasing the exhaust gas flow in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS
system.
A lower opening percentage results in a lower exhaust gas flow in the exhaust
system and more heat.
 Altering the pressure drop across the turbine rotor for VTG turbo control.
 Creating back pressure to create EGR gas flow.
 Creating back pressure to create engine braking.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 97 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.

Set condition of fault code The BPV actuator (L096) detects that the actuator power supply is less than 7.5 V or
more than 35 V.

Reset condition of fault This DTC changes to inactive when the actuator power supply is between 8.5 V and
code 34 V.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 98 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

122E 12-pin interface connector


123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU
F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
L096 BPV valve
D420 L096 Function
C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition

Wiring harness connector D420.C front Wiring harness connector L096 front view
view

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 99 | P a g e


Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, BPV valve (L096)


This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter or oscilloscope. Perform
the following to assess the component:

 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE


 Perform the wiring check

Wiring check, BPV valve (L096)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L096
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L096
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ (- probe)
probe)
4 3 Ubat Ignition keyed on

1 2 ~ 60 Ω  Ignition keyed off


 Ground cable from the battery
disconnected
 DAVIE Vehicle Communication
Interface (VCI) disconnected

Possible causes  Incorrect actuator power supply wiring.


 Malfunction in vehicle power supply system (battery or alternator or wiring).
Additional information  The actuator power supply is continuously monitored.
 The actuator motor is switched off and the BPV valve is fully open (100% position)
with this DTC active.
 Engine torque is reduced after 10 hours of engine operation.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 100 | P a g e


Diagnostic Step-by-Step This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. All steps of the
troubleshooting tree must be completed.

Step 1. Perform a key cycle

Step 1. A Perform a key-cycle

Action
5. Key the ignition off for at least 15 seconds, then key it on again.

Is DTC P1024 active?

Yes No

Go to 2.A Step 5.A

Step 2. Electrical checks, BPV valve

Step 2.A Visual inspection, BPV valve connections and wiring

Action
1. Key the ignition off.
2. Visually inspect the connections and wiring for any of the following:
 Damaged or loose connectors
 Bent, broken, corroded, or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connections
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected

Is there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No

Correct any issues found

Go to 4.A Go to 2.B

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 101 | P a g e


Step 2.B Check the BPV vale power supply

Action
1. Monitor the vehicle power supply during engine startup and operation.
2. Check the actuator power supply according to, “Checking data, BPV valve
(L096).”

Is the power supply within the specifications?

Yes No

Repair or replace components and/or


wiring as necessary.

Go to 3.A Go to 4.A

Step 3. Try another BPV valve

Step 4. A Try another BPV valve

Action

13. Key off the ignition.


14. Disconnect the BPV valve connector from the engine wiring harness
connector.
15. If available, connect another BPV valve without installing it.

Is P1024 active?

Yes No

A malfunctioning BPV valve has been


detected. Replace the BPV valve.

Malfunctioning of the
originally installed actuator
can be confirmed if DTC
P1024 becomes active again
when it is reconnected to the
engine wiring harness
connector.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 102 | P a g e


For further assistance in diagnosing this Go to 4.A
issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components,
contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.

Step 4. Reset the DTCs

Step 4.A Reset the DTCs

Action

Reset the DTCs


If DTCs are still present, troubleshoot the active DTCs.

DTCs reset?

Yes No

Return to troubleshooting steps.

Repair complete Go to 1.A

Verification Drive Cycle Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
confirm that this fault is no longer active.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Quick Check function to clear a
DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Start-up

With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 103 | P a g e


P1025
Code number P1025

Fault code description BPV actuator position - Malfunction on sensor

Fault code information 1 trip MIL


3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive

Description of component(s) Back pressure valve (BPV) actuator (L096)

The BPV actuator consists of an actuator and a BPV valve.

The main task of the BPV valve is to create back pressure in the engine exhaust system
and control exhaust gas mass flow.

25 Lever
26 Spring
27 Butterfly valve
28 BPV actuator

The main components of the BPV actuator are:

 ECU
 Electromotor
The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 Output shaft
The butterfly valve is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft.
 Electromotor position sensor
The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 Output shaft position sensor
The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 Temperature sensor

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 104 | P a g e


The temperature of the ECU printed circuit board is monitored

Control

The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-CAN.
The actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the
following actuator inputs and outputs:

 Power supply voltage


 Electromotor position
 Electromotor current
 Output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software

After the ignition is keyed on, the valve position is 100% until the actuator is controlled
by the PCI ECU.

Unpowered and fail-safe position

The unpowered and fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and are
fully open (100%). If a failure is detected the BPV valve moves to the fail-safe position,
if possible.

Effect on the system:

 Creating heat in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.


A lower opening percentage results in a higher back pressure and more heat.
 Decreasing the exhaust gas flow in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS
system.
A lower opening percentage results in a lower exhaust gas flow in the exhaust
system and more heat.
 Altering the pressure drop across the turbine rotor for VTG turbo control.
 Creating back pressure to create EGR gas flow.
 Creating back pressure to create engine braking.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 105 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.

Set condition of fault code The BPV valve (L096) detects a failure or deviation on the internal position sensor.

Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive after the ignition is keyed off for at least 15 seconds and
keyed on again and the error is no longer detected.

Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 106 | P a g e


122E 12-pin interface connector
123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU
F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
L096 BPV valve
D420 L096 Function
C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition

Wiring harness connector D420.C front Wiring harness connector L096 front view
view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, BPV valve (L096)


This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter or oscilloscope. Perform
the following to assess the component:

 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE


 Perform the wiring check

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 107 | P a g e


Wiring check, BPV valve (L096)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L096
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L096
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ (- probe)
probe)
4 3 Ubat Ignition keyed on

1 2 ~ 60 Ω  Ignition keyed off


 Ground cable from the battery
disconnected
 DAVIE Vehicle Communication
Interface (VCI) disconnected

Possible causes  Bent actuator lever and/or connection rod.


 Incorrectly installed connection rod.

Additional information  The position of the BPV valve is monitored by a shaft position sensor in the
actuator.
 The actuator motor is switched off and the BPV valve is fully opened (100%
position) with this DTC active.
 Engine torque is reduced with this DTC active.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. All steps of the
troubleshooting tree must be completed.

Step 1. Perform a key cycle

Step 1. A Perform a key-cycle

Action
6. Key the ignition off for at least 15 seconds, then key it on again.

Is DTC P1025 active?

Yes No

Go to 2.A Step 2.B

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 108 | P a g e


Step 2. Check the BPV valve

Step 2. A Visual inspection, BPV valve mechanism


Action
6. Key off the ignition
7. Visually check that the connection rod of the BPV valve mechanism is
installed correctly. The arrow must point upward.
Correct the installed connection rod.

Is the BPV valve mechanism free of damage?


Yes No

Go to 2.B Go to 4.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 109 | P a g e


Step 2.B Visual inspection, BPV valve mechanism
Action
3. Key off the ignition
4. Visually check that the connection rod of the BPV valve mechanism is free of
damage.
Correct valve mechanism

Example of a bent lever and connection rod

Is the BPV valve mechanism free of damage?

Yes No

Go to 2.C Go to 4.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 110 | P a g e


Step 2.C Check the free movement of the BPV valve mechanism
The valve mechanism can move when the ignition is keyed on. Touching the mec
can result in physical injury.
 Always key off the ignition when working on the BPV valve mechanism

Action
5. Key off the ignition
6. Check the free movement of the valve mechanism by moving the
connection rod (1) by hand.
The movement requires some force because of the presence of a return
spring. Check during the movement that:
o The resistance of the mechanism to move is uniform over the full
travel path of the connection rod (1), and
o The actuator shaft (3) and valve shaft (2) rotate over the full travel
path of the connection rod (1).

Do not use a tool to move the mechanism.

Does the BPV valve mechanism move freely?

Yes No

Go to 3.A Go to 2.D

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 111 | P a g e


Step 2.D Check for blockage in the BPV valve housing
The valve mechanism can move when the ignition is keyed on. Touching the mec
can result in physical injury.
 Always key off the ignition when working on the BPV valve mechanism.
 Maintain a safe distance if the valve is monitored with the ignition keyed

Action
7. Key off the ignition
8. Loosen the exhaust pipe between the turbocharger and flexible pipe
according to the job, Replace back pressure valve assembly.
9. Check if there is an internal blockage or excessive soot accumulation around
the butterfly valve and housing. Open the valve by moving the connection
rod (1).

Do not use a tool to move the mechanism.

Was any blockage found?

Yes No
4. Remove blockage/clean the A malfunctioning BPV valve has been
internal valve housing. detected. Replace the BPV valve.
5. Monitor the BPV valve position
with DAVIE, to check that the
cleaning was effective.
6. Install the exhaust pipe between
the turbocharger and flexible
pipe according to the job,
Replace back pressure valve
assembly.
Go to 4.A Go to 4.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 112 | P a g e


Step 3. Try another BPV valve

Step 4. A Try another BPV valve

Action

16. Key off the ignition.


17. Disconnect the BPV valve connector from the engine wiring harness
connector.
18. If available, connect another BPV valve without installing it.

Is P1024 active?

Yes No

A malfunctioning BPV valve has been


detected. Replace the BPV valve.

Malfunctioning of the
originally installed actuator
can be confirmed if DTC
P1024 becomes active again
when it is reconnected to the
engine wiring harness
connector.

For further assistance in diagnosing this Go to 4.A


issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components,
contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.

Step 4. Reset the DTCs

Step 4.A Reset the DTCs

Action

Reset the DTCs


If DTCs are still present, troubleshoot the active DTCs.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 113 | P a g e


DTCs reset?

Yes No

Return to troubleshooting steps.

Repair complete Go to 1.A

Verification Drive Cycle Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
confirm that this fault is no longer active.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Quick Check
function to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Start-up

With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 114 | P a g e


P1026
Code number P1026
Fault code description BPV actuator - Out of calibration
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The BPV actuator consists of an actuator and a BPV valve.
The main task of the BPV valve is to create back pressure in the engine exhaust system
and control exhaust gas mass flow.

The main components of the BPV actuator are:


 ECU
 Electromotor
 The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 output shaft
 The butterfly is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft
 electromotor position sensor
 The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 output shaft position sensor
 The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 temperature sensor
 The temperature of the printed circuit board of the ECU is monitored.

Control
The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-CAN.
The actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the
following actuator inputs and outputs:
 power supply voltage
 electromotor position
 electromotor current
 output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software

After the ignition is keyed on, the valve position is 100% until the actuator is controlled
by the PCI ECU.
Unpowered and fail-safe position
The unpowered and fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and are
fully open (100%). If a failure is detected the BPV valve moves to the fail-safe position, if
possible.

Effect on the system:


 Creating heat in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.
 A lower opening percentage results in a higher back pressure and more heat.
 Decreasing the exhaust gas flow in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS
system.
A lower opening percentage results in a lower exhaust gas flow in the exhaust
system and more heat.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 115 | P a g e
 Altering the pressure drop across the turbine rotor for VTG turbo control.
 Creating back pressure to create EGR gas flow.
 Creating back pressure to create engine braking.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The BPV actuator (L096) detects that the open (100%) position is out of range.
Reset condition of fault This DTC changes to inactive after the ignition is keyed off for at least 15 seconds and
code keyed on again and the error is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 116 | P a g e


Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector L096 front view


122E 12-pin interface connector
123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU
F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
L096 BPV valve

D420 L096 Function


C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition
Technical data Component & wiring check, BPV valve (L096)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector L096
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L096
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information

4 3 Ubat Ignition keyed on


1 2 ± 60 Ω  Ignition keyed off

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 117 | P a g e


 Ground cable from battery disconnected
 Vehicle Communication Interface (VCI) of
DAVIE disconnected
Possible causes
Additional information  The open (100%) position of the BPV valve is checked by the actuator and
compared with an ex-factory stored value.
 The actuator motor is switched off and the BPV valve is fully opened (100%
position) with this DTC active.
 Engine torque is reduced with this DTC active.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1026a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1026b SRT


ECU Information
Use the DAVIE Direct selection, “ECU Information” to display ECU S/W
information. Compare this information with current configuration information
available through Engine Rapido, or by contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center.
Is the installed ECU software incorrect?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Make the appropriate updates or component replacements. Contact
the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center for authorization and assistance in
replacing the ECU or updating the corresponding software.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, proceed to step 3

Step 3 Step ID 1026c SRT


DAVIE Direct Monitor: BPV
Use DAVIE to select and monitor BPV Position and BPV Actuator to determine if
the back pressure valve is working properly.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 118 | P a g e


Do the monitored values appear incorrect?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean adjust, repair or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1026d SRT


Replace: BPV Actuator
If no problems were detected in the preceding steps, an internal problem has most
likely occurred with the BPV Actuator.
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 1026e SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the engine
off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 119 | P a g e


P1029
Code number P1029
Fault code description BPV Position sensor fault
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s)

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 120 | P a g e


P102A
Code number P102A
Fault code description Temperature after BPV - Voltage too high or short circuit to supply on ECU D420 pin
C11
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Generic
Description of component(s) The exhaust gas temperature after BPV is measured after the back pressure valve
(BPV).

Effect on the system:


 Calculates the NOx composition for correction of the NOx emissions by the engine
 Higher measured temperature after BPV results in a higher calculated NO2
emission by the engine.
 Calculate temperature before turbine
 Higher measured temperature after BPV results in higher calculated exhaust gas
temperature before the turbine.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Diagnostic condition information is not available.


Set condition of fault code When Sensor output voltage is greater than 4.343V.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 121 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F853 front view


D420 PCI ECU
F853 temperature sensor after BPV

D420 F853 Function


C11 3 Signal, temperature after BPV
C33 1 Ground
Technical data Component check, temperature sensor after BPV (F853)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 122 | P a g e


 Disconnect connector F853
 Measure on component connector F853
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 3 197.6–204.6 Ω Resistance value at 0°C [34°F]
217.1–224.15 Ω Resistance value at 25°C [77°F]
349.5–356.1 Ω Resistance value at 200°C [392°F]
622.5–634.1 Ω Resistance value at 600°C [1112°F]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
• Key off the ignition.
• Disconnect connector F853
• Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F853
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 1 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood
of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.
Step 1 Step ID 102Aa SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 102Ab SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 123 | P a g e


Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 102Ac SRT


Repair or replace After BPV Temperature sensor and use DAVIE to re-check for the
presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 102Ad SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2
minutes.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 124 | P a g e


P102B
Code number P102B
Fault code description Temperature after BPV - Voltage too low or short circuit to ground on ECU D420 pin
C11
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 125 | P a g e


P102C
Code number P102C
Fault code description Broken Turbine fault
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 126 | P a g e


P102D
Code number P102D
Fault code description AMF CAN sensor burn off timeout fault
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 127 | P a g e


P102E
Code number P102E
Fault code description AMF PCB temperature out of range at power up
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 128 | P a g e


P102F
Code number P102F
Fault code description BPV actuator temperature – Data erratic , intermittent or incorrect at ignition on
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Generic
Description of component(s) The BPV actuator consists of an actuator and a BPV valve.
The main task of the BPV valve is to create back pressure in the engine exhaust
system and control exhaust gas mass flow.
 Lever
 Spring
 Butterfly valve
 BPV actuator

The main components of the BPV actuator are:


 ECU
 Electromotor
 The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 output shaft
 The butterfly is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft
 electromotor position sensor
 The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 output shaft position sensor
 The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 temperature sensor

The temperature of the printed circuit board of the ECU is monitored.


Control
The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-CAN.
The actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the
following actuator inputs and outputs:
 power supply voltage
 electromotor position
 electromotor current
 output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software

After the ignition is keyed on, the valve position is 100% until the actuator is
controlled by the PCI ECU.
Unpowered and fail-safe position
The unpowered and fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and are
fully open (100%). If a failure is detected the BPV valve moves to the fail-safe position,
if possible.

Effect on the system:


 Creating heat in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS system.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 129 | P a g e


 A lower opening percentage results in a higher back pressure and more heat.
 Decreasing the exhaust gas flow in the exhaust system to heat up the EAS
system.
 A lower opening percentage results in a lower exhaust gas flow in the exhaust
system and more heat.
 Altering the pressure drop across the turbine rotor for VTG turbo control.
 Creating back pressure to create EGR gas flow.
 Creating back pressure to create engine braking.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:


 when the ignition is switched on (NO engine start), and;
 the difference between the coolant temperature and ambient temperature is
less than 15°C [59°F], and;
 ambient temperature is more than -20°C [-4°F]
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the actuator temperature from the BPV actuator
(L096) differs by more than 3°C [37°F] from the average of other temperature sensors
on the engine for more than 5 seconds (after the ignition has been keyed off for at
least 8 hours).
Reset condition of fault code The 8-hour ignition off diagnostics consists of three separate steps:
 The vehicle ignition may NOT be switched on or engine started for 8-10
consecutive hours (ideal situation would be overnight).
 Once the 8 to 10 consecutive hours have been reached, key on the ignition

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 130 | P a g e


(NO engine start) and wait for 10 seconds to allow the system to power up
and the diagnostics to run.
 Start the engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector L096 front view


122E 12-pin interface connector
123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 131 | P a g e


F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
L096 BPV valve

D420 L096 Function


C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition
Technical data Component & wiring check, BPV valve (L096)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector L096
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L096
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe)
Value Additional information
4 3 Ubat ignition keyed on
1 2 ± 60 Ω  Ignition keyed off
 Ground cable from the battery
disconnected
 Vehicle Communication Interface (VCI)
of DAVIE disconnected
Possible causes Faulty BPV actuator (L096)
Additional information  The BPV actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-
CAN. The actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics.
 The temperature is measured on the (printed circuit board) of the actuator.
 For this diagnostic, the received actuator temperature from the BPV actuator
(L020) is compared with an average of other temperature sensors on the engine
after the ignition has been keyed off for at least 8 hours.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 102F-a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 132 | P a g e
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 102F-b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 102F-c SRT


Replace: BPV Actuator
If no problems were detected in the preceding steps, an internal problem has most
likely occurred with the BPV Actuator.
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 4 Step ID 102F-d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 133 | P a g e


P1030
Code number P1030
Fault code description EGR Temperature-Data erratic, intermittent or incorrect at ignition on.
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Generic
Description of component(s) The EGR gas flow temperature is measured after the EGR cooler.
Effect on the system:
 Corrects EGR gas flow calculation (the temperature is an indication of the gas
density)
 Closes the EGR valve when the EGR temperature is too high
 Monitors EGR cooler performance
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:


 when the ignition has been keyed off continuously for at least 8 hours;
 difference between the coolant temperature and ambient temperature is less
than 15°C [59°F]
 ambient temperature is more than -20°C [-4°F]
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the measured EGR temperature sensor differs by
more than 3°C [37°F] from the average of other temperature sensor readings on/off
the engine for more than 5 seconds (after the ignition has been keyed off for at least
8 hours).
Reset condition of fault code The 8-hour ignition off diagnostics consists of three separate steps:

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 134 | P a g e


 The vehicle ignition may NOT be switched on or engine started for 8-10
consecutive hours (ideal situation would be overnight).
 Once the 8 to 10 consecutive hours have been reached, key on the ignition
(NO engine start) and wait for 10 seconds to allow the system to power up
and the diagnostics to run.
 Start the engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector F749 front view

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 135 | P a g e


D420 F749 Function
C9 1 Signal, EGR temperature
C31 2 Ground
Technical data Component check, EGR temperature sensor (F749)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector F749
 Measure on component connector F749
Pin Pin
(+probe) (-probe) Value Additional information
1 2 97.7–100.3 Ω Resistance value at 0°C [32°F]
107.4–108.2 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
137.5–139.1 Ω Resistance value at 100°C [212°F]
167.3–169.7 Ω Resistance value at 180°C [356°F]
192.5–195.5 Ω Resistance value at 250°C [482°F]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector F749
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F749
Pin Pin
(+probe) (-probe) Value Additional information
1 2 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes EGR temperature sensor deviation
Additional information For this diagnostic, the EGR temperature sensor (F749) reading is compared with an
average of other temperature sensors on the engine after the ignition has been keyed
off for at least 8 hours.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.
Step 1 Step ID 1030a SRT
Visual inspection - Visually inspect the associated component connections and
wiring for any of the following:
 Damaged or loose connectors
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 136 | P a g e
 Bent, broken, corroded or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connections
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 ECU connections damaged or disconnected
 Batteries are not okay, contacts are not tight
 Signs of exhaust or coolant leaks on the EGR
 Improper coolant level
 Broken or missing clamps on any air component part
Was there evidence of any of the above?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean, adjust, repair, or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 2 Step ID 1030b SRT


DAVIE Direct: Monitor EGR and related temperature sensors
Use DAVIE to monitor the following temperatures:
 EGR Temperature
 Ambient Temperature
 Intercooler Temperature
 Before Turbine Temperature
 Coolant Temperature
Idle the engine for a minimum of 10 minutes to allow temperatures to stabilize.
While monitoring, temperature values from sensor to sensor should not vary more
than ±30°F.
Do any monitored values vary by more than ±30°F?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean adjust, repair or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 3 Step ID 1030c SRT


Ancillary Test: Air Side Pressure Test
Perform the prescribed testing to identify any potential leaks in the system.
Does the test fail to complete or result in a failed state?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 137 | P a g e


Step 4 Step ID 1030d SRT
Replace: EGR Temperature sensor
Replace the identified smart sensor.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 5 Step ID 1030e SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 138 | P a g e


P1032
Code number P1032
Fault code description Vehicle speed - Data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect at ignition on
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Generic
Description of component(s) Not required
Location of component(s) Not required
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs once after the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the measured vehicle speed is unlikely when the
ignition is keyed on.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, key off the ignition for at least 15 seconds, key it on again, then monitor
vehicle speed signal with DAVIE at vehicle standstill.
Electrical diagram(s) Not required
Technical data Not required
Possible causes Faulty vehicle speed signal
Additional information No additional information found.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood
of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.

Step 1 Step ID 1032a SRT


Clear the fault codes
 Clear the fault codes.
 Turn the key switch ON.
Is fault code P1032 inactive?
 Yes – Repair complete
 No –Proceed to step 2

Step 2 Step ID 1032b SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To verify the repair:
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 139 | P a g e
With the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the engine off, and allow 10
seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 140 | P a g e


P1039
Code number P1039
Fault code description Pressure after BPV – Data valid but too high
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Generic
Description of component(s) Description, Pressure Sensor After BPV (F823)

The exhaust gas pressure after the BPV valve is measured by the sensor (1) via a steel
tube (2).
Effect on the system:
 Correction of the NOx sensor before the catalyst signal. A higher measured
exhaust gas pressure after the BPV valve results in lower calculated NOx
emissions by the engine.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 141 | P a g e
 Calculates the exhaust gas temperature before the turbine
 Lower measured exhaust gas pressure after the BPV valve results in higher
calculated exhaust gas temperature before the turbine.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition  The diagnostic runs if all the conditions mentioned in this chapter are met.
 The air pressure sensor after BPV is fitted.
 EGR and BPV are controlled normally.
 No faults present on the pressure sensor after BPV, ambient pressure sensor,
pressure sensor before turbine.
 Exhaust gas flow rate > 250 g/s.
 Time since engine start > 60 seconds.
Set condition of fault code The DTC is set if the pressure after BPV corrected for the ambient pressure is higher
than the threshold which is based on the exhaust gas mass flow.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 142 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F823 front view

Technical data Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F823
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F823

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 143 | P a g e


Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 4 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes None
Additional information Part of the component check for OBD functionality.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.

Step 1 Step ID 1039a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1039b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1039c SRT


Visual inspection: DOC Inlet
Remove the DOC inlet and visually inspect for any of the following:
 Signs of damage
 Soot plugging; 50% or more of the cells in the catalyst being plugged
Was there evidence of any of the above?
 No: Continue to the Step 4 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean, adjust, repair, or replace affected components for any issues
identified. Proceed to step 5
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 144 | P a g e
If soot plugging was found, perform a manual cleaning of the DPF or perform a
stationary regeneration.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 4 Step ID 1039d SRT


Visual inspection: After BPV Pressure sensor
Remove the After BPV Pressure sensor and visually inspect the senor tip for any of
the following:
 Signs of damage
 Excessive build-up on the sensor tip
Was there evidence of any of the above?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean, adjust, repair, or replace affected components for any issues
identified. Proceed to step 5
If soot plugging was found, perform a manual cleaning of the DPF or perform a
stationary regeneration.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 5 Step ID 1039e SRT


Replace the identified component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 6 Step ID 1039f SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline
possible) and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce
engine load by turning the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum
speed limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine
speed between 1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for
roughly 3 to 5 miles or in three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5 miles
is unachievable.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 145 | P a g e


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 146 | P a g e
P103C
Code number P103C
Fault code description EGR control – unable to reach target
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Generic
Description of component(s)

1 Butterfly valve
2 EGR valve actuator
3 Lever
4 Spring

The EGR module consists of an actuator and an EGR valve.


The main task of the EGR valve is to control the EGR flow to the inlet manifold.
The EGR position does not necessarily indicate the amount of EGR flow to the inlet
manifold. The amount of EGR gas fed back mainly depends on the pressure difference
between the pressure before turbine and the boost pressure, in combination with the
EGR valve position
The main components of the EGR valve actuator are:
 ECU
 Electromotor
The electromotor rotates the output shaft via internal gears.
 output shaft
The butterfly is moved via a lever by rotating the output shaft
 electromotor position sensor
The position of the electromotor is monitored.
 output shaft position sensor

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 147 | P a g e


The position of the output shaft is monitored.
 temperature sensor
The temperature of the printed circuit board of the ECU is monitored.
Control
The EGR valve actuator is a smart actuator that communicates with the PCI ECU via E-
CAN. The actuator ECU is controlled by the PCI ECU but has its own diagnostics on the
following actuator inputs and outputs:
 power supply voltage
 electromotor position
 electromotor current
 output shaft position
 ECU printed circuit board temperature
 ECU hardware and software
After the ignition is keyed on, the valve position is 0% until the PCI ECU commands
the actuator.
Unpowered and fail-safe position
The unpowered and the fail-safe positions of the valve are controlled by a spring and
are fully closed (0%). If a failure is detected the EGR valve moves to the fail-safe
position, if possible.

Effect on the system:


Controlling the EGR gas flow to the inlet manifold. A higher opening percentage
results in a higher amount of EGR flow at the same pressure difference between the
pressure before turbine and the boost pressure
Location of component(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 148 | P a g e


Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:
 when the engine is running at a steady load, and;
 coolant temperature is above 50°C [122°F]
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the demanded NOx conversion is limited by the EGR
system limits for more than 300 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F]. Once
the minimum target temperature has been reached, perform several low to higher
speed accelerations with moderate engine load. Also perform high-load to low-load
transitions. This activity should be conducted within the range of 15 km/h [10 mph] to
65 km/h [40 mph] for no more than 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles].
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector L095 front view


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 149 | P a g e
122E 12-pin interface connector
123E 7-pin interface connector
A204 electronic fan interface connector
D420 PCI ECU
F852 humidity sensor
L037 VTG turbocharger actuator
L095 EGR valve module
L096 BPV valve

D420 L095 Function


C90 1 E-CAN high
C92 2 E-CAN low
3 Ground
4 Power supply after ignition

Technical data Component & wiring check, EGR valve module (L095)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector L095
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector L095
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 4 Ubat ignition keyed on
1 2 ± 60 Ω 1. Ignition keyed off
2. Ground cable from the battery disconnected
3. Vehicle Communication Interface (VCI) of
DAVIE disconnected
Possible causes  Leaking EGR system
 Clogged EGR system
 Clogged EGR pressure difference sensor venturi
 NOx before catalyst sensor deviation.
Additional information The engine NOx emission is, among others, controlled by varying the EGR flow toward
the inlet manifold of the engine.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 150 | P a g e


causes' section in Rapido.

Step 1 Step ID 103C-a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 103C-b SRT


Check for any Internal or external exhaust leakage in the EGR system.
Is leakage present?
 Yes: - Replace the identified component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been
resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 3
 No: - Proceed to step 3

Step 3 Step ID 103C-c SRT


Check for clogged/restrictions in the lines connected to the EGR pressure
differential sensor.
 Yes: - Clean the clogged/restrictions in the lines.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been
resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 4
 No: - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 103C-d SRT


Check for Clogged EGR system or in the EGR cooler.
Is EGR system or EGR cooler is clogged?
 Yes: - Clean the EGR cooler.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been
resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 5
 No: - Proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 103C-e SRT


Check NOx Sensor, Before Catalyst
Replace the identified component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 6

Step 6 Step ID 103C-f SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 151 | P a g e


Verification Drive Cycle To validate the repair :
Drive the vehicle on a level grade road (least amount of incline possible) and under
load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce engine load by turning
the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum
speed limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine speed
between 1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for roughly 3 to
5 miles or in three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5 miles is
unachievable.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 152 | P a g e


P1040
Code number P1040
Fault code description Pressure after BPV - Data valid but too low
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Generic
Description of component(s) The exhaust gas pressure after the BPV valve is measured by the sensor (1) via a steel
tube (2).

Effect on the system:


 Correction of the NOx sensor before the catalyst signal
 A higher measured exhaust gas pressure after the BPV valve results in lower
calculated NOx emissions by the engine.
 Calculates the exhaust gas temperature before the turbine
Lower measured exhaust gas pressure after the BPV valve results in higher calculated
exhaust gas temperature before the turbine.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 153 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition  The diagnostic runs if all the conditions mentioned in this chapter are met.
 The air pressure sensor after BPV is fitted.
 EGR and BPV are controlled normally.
 No faults present on the pressure sensor after BPV, ambient pressure sensor,
pressure sensor before turbine.
 Exhaust gas flow rate > 250 g/s.
 Time since engine start > 60 seconds.
Set condition of fault code The DTC is set if the pressure after BPV corrected for the ambient pressure is lower
than the threshold which is based on the exhaust gas mass flow.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 154 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F823 front view

D420 F751 Function


C36 4 Ground
C59 2 Power supply
C81 1 Signal, pressure after BPV
Technical data Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 155 | P a g e
 Disconnect connector F823
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F823
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 4 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Leaking pressure sensor after BPV system
 Faulty pressure sensor after BPV
 NOx before catalyst sensor deviation.
Additional information Part of the component check for OBD functionality.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood
of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.
Step 1 Step 1040a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step 1040b SRT


Turn the key switch ON and use the DAVIE to Check for Fault Codes present on
system.
Is other fault codes are active?
 Yes – Proceed with the appropriate fault code resolution
 No – Proceed to step 3

Step 3 Step 1040c SRT


Check for any leakage in the BPV system.
Is leakage present?
 Yes: - Replace the identified component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been
resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 4
 No: - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step 1040d SRT


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 156 | P a g e
Repair or replace the BPV Position Actuator.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 1040e SRT


Check NOx Sensor, Before Catalyst
Replace the identified component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 6

Step 6 Step 1040f SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate the repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C
[158°F]. Once the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a
minimum speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed
between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best performed with
a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as many engine power
consumers on to produce engine load. Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5
miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile] increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is
unachievable. Use a flat road, if possible.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 157 | P a g e


P1042
Code number P1042
Fault code description VTG turbocharger control – Unable to reach target
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Generic
Description of component(s)

The exhaust gas pressure before the turbine is measured with sensor (1) via a steel
tube (2) before the EGR valve.
Effect on the system:
 Control of the VTG turbo charger
 Control of the EGR flow
 Control of the BPV valve
 Control of the engine brake
 Calculates the exhaust gas temperature before the turbine
 Lower measured exhaust gas pressure before turbine results in higher
calculated exhaust gas temperature before the turbine

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 158 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:


 engine speed is between 1050 and 1850 rpm, and
 the engine mode is SCR high efficiency or standard.
Set condition of fault code  The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the VTG turbocharger control is limited by the
exhaust gas pressure before turbine for more than 300 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code  This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F].
Once the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a minimum
speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed
between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best
performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as many
engine power consumers on to produce engine load. Perform this test for
roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile] increments if a
steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road, if possible.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 159 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F826 front view

D420 F829 Function


C38 4 Ground
C61 2 Power supply
C83 1 Signal, pressure before turbine

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 160 | P a g e


Technical data Pin Pin
(+probe) (-probe) Value Additional information
2 4 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Leaking exhaust system
 Leaking pressure sensor before turbine tube
 Pressure sensor before turbine deviation
Additional information  The VTG turbocharger control depends, among other factors, on the exhaust gas
pressure before turbine.
 The VTG turbocharger is controlled by the VTG turbocharger actuator (L037).
 The exhaust gas pressure before turbine is measured by the pressure sensor
before turbine (F826).
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step 1042a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step 1042b SRT


Visual Inspection: Pressure sensor before turbo (P3)
Visually inspect the identified component for any of the following:
Damaged or blockage
1. If evidence for above is not found then proceed with Step 3
2. If evidence of above is found then:
 Clean, adjust, repair, or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
 Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the Step 3

Step 3 Step 1042c SRT


Ancillary Test: Air Side Pressure
Perform the prescribed test to determine if there are any leaks in the air system.
Test failed to complete or result in a failed state
1. If the above test fails to complete then proceed with Step 4
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 161 | P a g e
2. If the above test clears then:
 Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.
 Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the Step 4.

Step 4 Step 1042d SRT


Replace: Pressure sensor before turbo (P3)
1. Replace the identified faulty component.
2. Use DAVIE to check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the Step 5.

Step 5 Step 1042e SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline possible)
and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce engine load
by turning the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum speed
limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine speed between
1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in
three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5 miles is unachievable.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 162 | P a g e


P104B
Code number P104B

Fault code description Boost pressure – Data valid but too high

Fault code information 2 trip MIL


3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Crankcase
Description of The boost pressure is measured in the inlet manifold, near cylinder 1.
component(s)
Effect on the system

 Determines the smoke limit


A higher measured boost pressure increase results in higher torque for the
same smoke level
 Determines soot emissions
A higher measured boost pressure results in lower calculated soot emission by
the engine.
 Determines NOx emissions
A higher measured boost pressure results in higher calculated NOx emission by
the engine.
 Calculates exhaust gas mass flow used for DEF dosing estimation by the EAS-3
system.
A higher measured boost pressure results in higher calculated exhaust gas mass
flow.
 Calculates the temperature after the compressor (VTG turbo charger)
A higher measured boost pressure results in higher calculated temperature
after the compressor.
 Calculates the temperature before the turbine.
A higher measured boost pressure results in lower calculated exhaust gas
temperature before the turbine.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 163 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:

 When the engine is running at a steady load, and;


 When coolant temperature is above 50°C [122°F], and;
 When ambient temperature is between -15 and 40°C [5 and 104°F], and;
 The engine mode is SCR high efficiency or standard.

Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the measured boost pressure is more than 0.5 bar [7.3
psi] higher than the expected boost pressure for more than 50 seconds.

Reset condition of fault This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
code
To validate the repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C
[158°F]. Once the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a
minimum speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed
between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best performed with
a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as many engine power consumers
on to produce engine load. Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3
separate 1.5 km [1 mile] increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is unachievable.
Use a flat road, if possible.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 164 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

D420 PCI ECU


F802 Boost pressure sensor
D420 F802 Function
A39 4 Ground
A47 2 Power supply
A51 1 Signal, boost pressure

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view Wiring harness connector F802 front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, boost pressure sensor (F802)

This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter or oscilloscope. Perform


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 165 | P a g e
the following to assess the component:

 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE


 Perform the wiring check
Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)

Preparation

 Key off the ignition


 Disconnect connector F802
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F802
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
2 4 5V Ignition keyed on

Possible causes  Boost pressure sensor deviation


 Turbocharger failure

Additional information  The measured boost pressure is compared with an expected boost pressure.
 The boost pressure is measured by the boost pressure sensor (F802).

Diagnostic Step-by-Step Step 1. Investigate Related Trouble Codes


Before troubleshooting this code, take notice of any other active or inactive trouble
codes. One or multiple other codes could have been the cause for this code.

Step 1.A Investigate related trouble codes

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current trouble codes.

Are these or any other related codes active?


 P0107; P0108
 Any turbocharger related codes

Yes No

Refer to the troubleshooting information


for these codes before continuing with
this procedure.

Go to step 2.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 166 | P a g e


Step 2. Intake Manifold (Boost) Pressure Sensor (F802) Checks

Step 2. A Visual inspection, connections and wiring, boost pressure sensor (F802)

Action
1. Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for any of
the following:
 Damaged or loose connectors
 Bent, broken, corroded or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connections
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 The correct parts are not installed
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected
 Batteries not fully charged or contacts are not tight
 Boost pressure sensor (F802) damaged or not installed correctly

Was there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No
Correct any issues found. If the boost
pressure sensor (F802) is found to be
damaged or broken, replace it.

Refer to Step 3.A to perform the


corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If this code is still present, go to Step 2.B Go to step 2.B

Step 2.B Pressure testing, intake and exhaust elements

Action
1. Perform the steps outlined in the procedure, “pressure testing
(intake/exhaust elem.),” job ID 84123, to determine whether there are any
leaks in the intake air system.

Was there evidence of a leak in the air system?

Yes No
Correct any issues found.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 167 | P a g e


Refer to step 3.A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If this code is still present, go to step 2.C. Go to step 2.C

Step 2.C DAVIE Monitor, inlet air pressure in inlet manifold

Action
1. Connect DAVIE.
2. Start the truck, and allow it to run at idle.
3. Use DAVIE to monitor the inlet air pressure in the inlet manifold:
a. Confirm that the air pressure sensor supply voltage is within the
referenced range.
b. Compare the monitored signal values for inlet air pressure in inlet
manifold (relative) to the ambient pressure. With the engine running
at idle, the inlet manifold pressure should be slightly above the
ambient pressure.
4. Turn on A/C and fan to ON, to create a load on the engine.
5. Increase the engine RPMs, and then use DAVIE to confirm there is a
corresponding increase in the intake air pressure in the inlet manifold.
The expected increase can be as much as two to three times the ambient
pressure, depending on actual engine loads and turbocharger operation.

Are monitored values within expected range at idle and higher engine RPMs?

Yes No

Replace the boost pressure sensor


(F802).

Refer to Step 3.A to perform the


corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If all steps have been completed and this If all steps have been completed and
trouble code is still present, contact the this trouble code is still present, contact
PACCAR Engine Support Center for the PACCAR Engine Support Center for
further assistance. further assistance.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 168 | P a g e


Step 3. Repair Verification

Step 3.A Repair verification cycles

Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the trouble
code or system being investigated.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Diagnostics,
Quick Check function to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Action
1. Steady State
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline
possible) and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable,
produce engine load by turning the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum
speed limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine
speed between 1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for
roughly 3 to 5 miles or in three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5
miles is unachievable.
Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

Yes No

Investigate and correct any issues


preventing these repair verification cycles
from being completed, then re-run. For
additional assistance, contact the
PACCAR Engine Support Center.
Go to step 3.B Go to step 3.B

Step 3.B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current trouble codes to
determine whether the actions taken have cleared this trouble code.

Has P104B been cleared?

Yes No

Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in this
troubleshooting procedure. If all steps
have been completed and this trouble
code is still present, contact the PACCAR
Engine Support Center for further

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 169 | P a g e


assistance.

Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Center

For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 170 | P a g e


P104C
Code number P104C

Fault code description Boost pressure – Data valid but too low

Fault code information 2 trip MIL


3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Crankcase
Description of The boost pressure is measured in the inlet manifold, near cylinder 1.
component(s)
Effect on the system

 Determines the smoke limit


A higher measured boost pressure increase results in higher torque for the
same smoke level
 Determines soot emissions
A higher measured boost pressure results in lower calculated soot emission by
the engine.
 Determines NOx emissions
A higher measured boost pressure results in higher calculated NOx emission by
the engine.
 Calculates exhaust gas mass flow used for DEF dosing estimation by the EAS-3
system.
A higher measured boost pressure results in higher calculated exhaust gas mass
flow.
 Calculates the temperature after the compressor (VTG turbo charger)
A higher measured boost pressure results in higher calculated temperature
after the compressor.
 Calculates the temperature before the turbine.
A higher measured boost pressure results in lower calculated exhaust gas
temperature before the turbine.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 171 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:

 When the engine is running at a steady load, and;


 When coolant temperature is above 50°C [122°F], and;
 When ambient temperature is between -15 and 40°C [5 and 104°F], and;
 The engine mode is SCR high efficiency or standard.

Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the measured boost pressure is more than 0.5 bar [7.3
psi] lower than the expected boost pressure for more than 50 seconds.

Reset condition of fault This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
code
To validate the repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C
[158°F]. Once the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a
minimum speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed
between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best performed with
a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as many engine power
consumers on to produce engine load. Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5
miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile] increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is
unachievable. Use a flat road, if possible.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 172 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

D420 PCI ECU


F802 Boost pressure sensor
D420 F802 Function
A39 4 Ground
A47 2 Power supply
A51 1 Signal, boost pressure

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view Wiring harness connector F802 front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 173 | P a g e


Technical data Component check, boost pressure sensor (F802)

This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter or oscilloscope. Perform


the following to assess the component:

 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE


 Perform the wiring check
Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)

Preparation

 Key off the ignition


 Disconnect connector F802
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F802
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
2 4 5V Ignition keyed on

Possible causes  Leaking inlet air system


 Boost pressure sensor deviation
 Turbocharger failure

Additional information  The measured boost pressure is compared with an expected boost pressure.
 The boost pressure is measured by the boost pressure sensor (F802).

Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting or
disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of damage to
the components.

 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that supply power and
ground to the PMCI are functioning properly.

 Disconnecting the PMCI connectors during the troubleshooting process will result
in multiple errors.

 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are provided in
this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the technical data sections in
Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.

 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current trouble codes from the PCI and
EAS-3 ECUs, and then run the Quick Check to identify a change in fault status.

 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper fault
isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence provided.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 174 | P a g e


Step 1. Investigate Related Trouble Codes
Before troubleshooting this code, take notice of any other active or inactive trouble
codes. One or multiple other codes could have been the cause for this code.

Step 1.A Investigate related trouble codes

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current trouble codes.

Are these or any other related codes active?


 P0107; P0108
 Any turbocharger related codes

Yes No

Refer to the troubleshooting information


for these codes before continuing with this
procedure.

Go to step 2.A

Step 2. Intake Manifold (Boost) Pressure Sensor (F802) Checks

Step 2. A Visual inspection, connections and wiring, boost pressure sensor (F802)

Action
1. Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for any of
the following:
 Damaged or loose connectors
 Bent, broken, corroded or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connections
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 The correct parts are not installed
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected
 Batteries not fully charged or contacts are not tight
 Boost pressure sensor (F802) damaged or not installed correctly

Was there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 175 | P a g e


Correct any issues found. If the boost
pressure sensor (F802) is found to be
damaged or broken, replace it.

Refer to Step 3.A to perform the


corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If this code is still present, go to Step 2.B Go to step 2.B

Step 2.B Pressure testing, intake and exhaust elements

Action
1. Perform the steps outlined in the procedure, “pressure testing
(intake/exhaust elem.),” job ID 84123, to determine whether there are any
leaks in the intake air system.

Was there evidence of a leak in the air system?

Yes No
Correct any issues found.

Refer to step 3.A to perform the


corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If this code is still present, go to step 2.C. Go to step 2.C

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 176 | P a g e


Step 2.C DAVIE Monitor, inlet air pressure in inlet manifold

Action
1. Connect DAVIE.
2. Start the truck, and allow it to run at idle.
3. Use DAVIE to monitor the inlet air pressure in the inlet manifold:
a. Confirm that the air pressure sensor supply voltage is within the
referenced range.
b. Compare the monitored signal values for inlet air pressure in inlet
manifold (relative) to the ambient pressure. With the engine running
at idle, the inlet manifold pressure should be slightly above the
ambient pressure.
4. Turn on A/C and fan to ON, to create a load on the engine.
5. Increase the engine RPMs, and then use DAVIE to confirm there is a
corresponding increase in the intake air pressure in the inlet manifold.
The expected increase can be as much as two to three times the ambient
pressure, depending on actual engine loads and turbocharger operation.

Are monitored values within expected range at idle and higher engine RPMs?

Yes No
Replace the boost pressure sensor
(F802).

Refer to Step 3.A to perform the


corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If all steps have been completed and this If all steps have been completed and
trouble code is still present, contact the this trouble code is still present,
PACCAR Engine Support Center for contact the PACCAR Engine Support
further assistance. Center for further assistance.

Step 3. Repair Verification

Step 3.A Repair verification cycles


Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the trouble
code or system being investigated.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Diagnostics,
Quick Check function to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 177 | P a g e


Action
1. Steady State
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline
possible) and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable,
produce engine load by turning the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum
speed limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine
speed between 1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for
roughly 3 to 5 miles or in three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5
miles is unachievable.

Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

Yes No

Investigate and correct any issues


preventing these repair verification cycles
from being completed, then re-run. For
additional assistance, contact the PACCAR
Engine Support Center.
Go to step 3.B Go to step 3.B

Step 3.B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current trouble codes to
determine whether the actions taken have cleared this trouble code.

Has P104C been cleared?

Yes No

Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in this
troubleshooting procedure. If all steps
have been completed and this trouble
code is still present, contact the PACCAR
Engine Support Center for further
assistance.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 178 | P a g e


Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Center

For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 179 | P a g e


P104D
Code number P104D
Fault code description Pressure before turbine – Data valid but too high
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group - None
Freeze frame type - Generic
Description of component(s)

The exhaust gas pressure before the turbine is measured with sensor (1) via a steel
tube (2) before the EGR valve.

Effect on the system:


• Control of the VTG turbo charger
• Control of the EGR flow
• Control of the BPV valve
• Control of the engine brake
• Calculates the exhaust gas temperature before the turbine
Lower measured exhaust gas pressure before turbine results in higher calculated
exhaust gas temperature before the turbine.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 180 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:


 engine speed 1000 and 1700 rpm, and;
 when the engine is running at a steady load, and;
 when coolant temperature is above 50°C [122°F], and;
 The engine mode is SCR high efficiency or standard or protection.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the measured pressure before turbine is higher than
the expected pressure before turbine for more than 50 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F]. Once
the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a minimum speed of
80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed between 1100
and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best performed with a loaded
vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as many engine power consumers on to
produce engine load. Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3
separate 1.5 km [1 mile] increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is
unachievable. Use a flat road, if possible.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 181 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F826 front view

D420 F829 Function


C38 4 Ground
C61 2 Power supply
C83 1 Signal, pressure before turbine
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 182 | P a g e
Technical data Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F826
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F826
Pin Pin
(+probe) (-probe) Value Additional information
2 4 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Blocked exhaust system
 Restricted pressure sensor before turbine tube
 Pressure sensor before turbine deviation
Additional information  The measured pressure before turbine is compared with an expected pressure
before turbine.
 The pressure before turbine is measured by the pressure sensor before turbine
(F826).
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step 104Da SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step 104Db SRT


Ancillary Test: Air Side Pressure
Perform the prescribed test to determine if there are any leaks in the air system.
Does the test fail to complete or result in a failed state?
 No: Continue to the next step3 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 3 Step 104Dc SRT

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 183 | P a g e


DAVIE Direct Monitor: Before Turbine Pressure
Use DAVIE to monitor the Before Turbine Pressure, to determine if the Before
Turbine Pressure
Sensor (P3) is reading correctly.
Does the monitored value appear incorrect?
 No: Continue to the next step4 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean adjust, repair or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 4 Step 104Dd SRT


Visual Inspection: Pressure Sensor Before Turbo (P3)
Visually inspect the identified component for any of the following:
Damaged or blockage
Was there evidence of any of the above?
 No: Continue to the next step5 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean, adjust, repair, or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 5 Step 104De SRT


Replace: Pressure sensor before turbo (P3)
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 6 Step 104Df SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline possible) and
under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce engine load by turning
the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum speed limit
of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine speed between 1100-
1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in three
separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5 miles is unachievable.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 184 | P a g e


Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 185 | P a g e


P1050
Code number P1050
Fault code description Pressure after BPV – Data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group - None
Freeze frame type - Generic
Description of component(s)

The exhaust gas pressure after the BPV valve is measured by the sensor (1) via a steel
tube (2).

Effect on the system:


 Correction of the NOx sensor before the catalyst signal
A higher measured exhaust gas pressure after the BPV valve results in lower
calculated NOx emissions by the engine.
 Calculates the exhaust gas temperature before the turbine
Lower measured exhaust gas pressure after the BPV valve results in higher
calculated exhaust gas temperature before the turbine.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 186 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:


 engine speed is between 1000 and 1700 rpm, and;
 engine is running at a steady load, and;
 coolant temperature is above 50°C [122°F], and;
 the engine mode is SCR high efficiency or standard.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that measured pressure after BPV differs too much from
the expected pressure after BPV for more than 50 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F]. Once
the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a minimum speed of
80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed between 1100
and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best performed with a loaded
vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as many engine power consumers on to
produce engine load. Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3
separate 1.5 km [1 mile] increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is
unachievable. Use a flat road, if possible.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 187 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F823 front view


D420 F823 Function
C36 4 Ground
C59 2 Power supply
C81 1 Signal, pressure after BPV
Technical data Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 188 | P a g e


Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F823
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F823
Pin Pin
(+probe) (-probe) Value Additional information
2 4 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Leakage in the exhaust system between engine and DPF filter inlet.
 Blockage in the exhaust system between engine and DPF filter inlet.
 Pressure sensor after BPV deviation
 DPF pressure sensor deviation
Additional information  The measured pressure after BPV is compared with an expected pressure after
BPV. For the calculation of the expected value, the DPF pressure sensor (F837)
and ambient pressure are used, among others.
 The pressure after BPV is measured by the pressure sensor after BPV (F823)
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step 1050a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step 1050b SRT


DAVIE Direct: Monitor related sensors
Use DAVIE to monitor and record values for the following:
 After BPV Pressure
 After Turbo Pressure
 BPV Position Actuator

Are all recorded values within OEM specifications?


 No: Continue to the next step3 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean adjust, repair or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
• If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 189 | P a g e


• If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the troubleshooting
process.

Step 3 Step 1050c SRT


Visual inspection: After BPV Pressure sensor
Remove the After BPV Pressure sensor and visually inspect the senor tip for any of
the following:
 Signs of damage
 Excessive build-up on the sensor tip
Was there evidence of any of the above?
 No: Continue to the next step 4 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean, adjust, repair, or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
If soot plugging was found, perform a manual cleaning of the DPF or perform a
stationary regeneration.

Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.


 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 4 Step 1050d SRT


Replace: After BPV Pressure sensor
Replace the identified component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 5 Step 1050e SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline possible)
and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce engine load
by turning the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum speed
limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine speed between
1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in
three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5 miles is unachievable.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 190 | P a g e


P1057
Code number P1057
Fault code description Pressure before turbine – Data valid but too low
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Generic
Description of component(s)

The exhaust gas pressure before the turbine is measured with sensor (1) via a steel
tube (2) before the EGR valve.

Effect on the system:


 Control of the VTG turbo charger
 Control of the EGR flow
 Control of the BPV valve
 Control of the engine brake
 Calculates the exhaust gas temperature before the turbine
Lower measured exhaust gas pressure before turbine results in higher calculated
exhaust gas temperature before the turbine.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 191 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:


 engine speed is between 1000 and 1700 rpm, and;
 engine is running at a steady load, and;
 coolant temperature is above 50°C [122°F], and;
 the engine mode is SCR high efficiency or standard or protection.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that measured pressure before turbine is lower than the
expected pressure before turbine for more than 50 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F]. Once
the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a minimum speed of
80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed between 1100
and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best performed with a loaded
vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as many engine power consumers on to
produce engine load. Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3
separate 1.5 km [1 mile] increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is
unachievable. Use a flat road, if possible.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 192 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F826 front view

D420 F829 Function


C38 4 Ground
C61 2 Power supply
C83 1 Signal, pressure before turbine
Technical data Pin Pin
(+probe) (-probe) Value Additional information
2 4 5V Ignition keyed on

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 193 | P a g e


Possible causes This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F]. Once
the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a minimum speed of
80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed between 1100
and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best performed with a loaded
vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as many engine power consumers on to
produce engine load. Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3
separate 1.5 km [1 mile] increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is
unachievable. Use a flat road, if possible.
Additional information  The measured pressure before turbine is compared with an expected pressure
before turbine.
 The pressure before turbine is measured by the pressure sensor before turbine
(F826).
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step 1057a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step 1057b SRT


Ancillary Test: Air Side Pressure Check - Perform the prescribed test to determine
if there are any leaks in the air system. Does the test fail to complete or result in a
failed state?
 No: Continue to the next step in the troubleshooting process, Proceed to
step 3.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.
Verify if code is cleared using Verification Drive Cycle procedure.

Step 3 Step 1057c SRT


DAVIE Direct Monitor: Before Turbine Pressure - Use DAVIE to monitor the Before

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 194 | P a g e


Turbine Pressure, to determine if the Before Turbine Pressure
Sensor (P3) is reading correctly. Check if the monitored value appears incorrect?
 No: Continue to the next step 4 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean adjust, repair or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.
Verify if code is cleared using Verification Drive Cycle procedure.

Step 4 Step 1057d SRT


Visual Inspection: Pressure Sensor Before Turbo (P3)
Visually inspect the identified component for any Damaged or blockage
Was there evidence of any of the Damaged or blockage?
 No: Continue to the next step 5 in the troubleshooting process.
 Yes: Clean, adjust, repair, or replace affected components for any issues
identified.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.
Verify if code is cleared using Verification Drive Cycle procedure.

Step 5 Step 1057e SRT


Replace: Pressure sensor before turbo (P3)
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.
Verify if code is cleared using Verification Drive Cycle procedure.

Step 6 Step 1057f SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline possible)
and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce engine load
by turning the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum speed
limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine speed between
1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in
three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5 miles is unachievable.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 195 | P a g e


P1086
Code number P1086
Fault code description Engine rail pressure rise – Too slow
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Fuel

Description of component(s) Common rail pressure sensor (F854)


The rail pressure is measured in the common rail.
The rail pressure sensor is part of the common rail and is not
interchangeable as a separate part.
Effect on the system:
 Feedback on the rail pressure control.
The rail pressure is closed-loop controlled. A comparison is made between
the rail pressure demands determined by the ECU and the rail pressure
feedback measured by the common rail pressure sensor.

Description, common rail pump unit 1 and 2 (L092, L093)


Common rail pump units 1 and 2 supply fuel to the common rail.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 196 | P a g e


1 Outlet port
2 Solenoid connector
3 Sealing ring fuel supply gallery - outside
4 Sealing ring fuel supply gallery - fuel return gallery
5 Sealing ring fuel return gallery - crankcase
6 Spring
7 Roller lifter
8 Common rail pump unit cam
9 Fuel return port
10 Fuel supply port

Operation
The internal plunger is actuated via a roller lifter on the camshaft. Each pump has
three pumping events for every two crankshaft revolutions.
Fuel from the fuel gallery can enter the pumping plunger area via an internal valve.
A pumping event starts when the plunger travels up, the PCI ECU activates the
solenoid briefly and the internal valve closes the opening to the fuel gallery. The
internal valve is kept closed hydraulically, and the fuel is pumped to the rail via a
check valve in the outlet bore of the pump unit.
The pumping event stops when the roller lifter passes the top of the camshaft lobe,
causing the plunger to travel downwards again. Due to this, the pressure above the
plunger decreases and the internal valve opens the opening to the fuel gallery. The
check valve in the outlet bore closes and prevents fuel from flowing back from the
rail to the plunger area.

Control
The amount of fuel pumped to the rail depends on the duration of the pumping

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 197 | P a g e


event (pump delivery percentage). The earlier the solenoid is activated by the PCI
ECU in the up stroke of the pumping plunger the more fuel (mg/stroke) is pumped to
the rail.

Effect on the system:


 Rail pressure control.

The rail pressure is closed-loop controlled. A comparison is made between the


actual rail pressure and rail pressure demands determined by the ECU. The rail
pressure is adjusted by pumping more or less fuel to the rail with the common
rail pump units.

Location of component(s) Common rail pressure sensor (F854)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 198 | P a g e


Common rail pump unit 1 (L092)
MX_EPA13, MX-13

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 199 | P a g e


Common rail pump unit 2 (L093)
MX_EPA13, MX-13

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when the rail pressure operating state is: Filling rail (during
starting)
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the actual rail pressure is below 150 bar [2176 psi]
for more than 5 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s) Checking data, common rail pressure sensor (F854)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 200 | P a g e


D420 PCI ECU
F854 engine rail pressure sensor
D420 F854 Function
A44 2 Ground
A48 3 Power supply
A52 1 Signal, common rail pressure

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view Wiring harness connector F854 front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Checking data, common rail pump unit (L092-L093)

D420 PCI ECU


L092 common rail pump unit 1
L093 common rail pump unit 2
D420 L092 L093 Function

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 201 | P a g e


A25 2 Signal low, common rail pump unit 1
A26 1 Signal high, common rail pump unit 1
A27 1 Signal high, common rail pump unit 2
A28 2 Signal low, common rail pump unit 2

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, common rail pressure sensor (F854)


This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter/oscilloscope. Perform
the following to assess the component:
 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE.
 Perform the wiring check (see below).

Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F854
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F854

Pin (+ probe) Pin (- probe) Value Additional information


3 2 5V Ignition keyed on

Component check, common rail pump unit 1 (L092)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L092

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 202 | P a g e


 Measure on component connector L092

Pin (+ probe) Pin (- probe) Value Additional information


1 2 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C
[68°F]

maximum Resistance value at 120°C


0.94 Ω [248°F]

Component check, common rail pump unit 2 (L093)


Preparation

 Key off the ignition


 Disconnect connector L093
 Measure on component connector L093

Pin (+ probe) Pin (- probe) Value Additional information


1 2 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C
[68°F]

maximum Resistance value at 120°C


0.94 Ω [248°F]

Possible causes  Air present in the fuel system.

If the fuel system or parts of it have been emptied during maintenance or


repair, this DTC may become active temporarily after the engine is started. If
the DTC stays inactive when the engine is running, no further investigation is
necessary.

 Fuel gelling at very low ambient temperatures.

 Restriction in the fuel supply or low performance of the fuel lift pump.

 An external or internal leakage on the high-pressure fuel system


components.

Additional information This DTC may be a result of P3834. If P3834 is active or inactive, troubleshoot
P3834 first.

 The rail pressure is closed-loop controlled. A comparison is made between


the requested and actual rail pressure measured by the common rail
pressure sensor.
 The actual rail pressure is measured in the common rail by the common rail
pressure sensor (F854)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 203 | P a g e


Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting
or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of
damage to the components.

 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that supply


power and ground to the PMCI are functioning properly.

 Disconnecting the PMCI connectors during the troubleshooting process


will result in multiple errors.

 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are


provided in this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the
technical data sections in Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.

 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current trouble codes from the
PCI and EAS-3 ECUs, and then run the Quick Check to identify a change
in fault status.

 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper fault
isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence provided.

Step 1. Investigate Related Trouble Codes


Before troubleshooting this code, take notice of any other active or inactive
trouble codes. One or multiple other codes could have been the cause for this
code.

Step 1.A Investigate related trouble codes

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current trouble
codes.

Are these or any other related codes active?


P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P0275, P0278, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304,
P0305, P0306

Yes No
Refer to the troubleshooting
information for these codes before
continuing with this procedure.
Go to step 2.A

Step 2. Fuel System Checks

Step 2.A Visual inspection, connections and wiring, common rail pressure
sensor (F854)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 204 | P a g e


Action
1. Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for
any of the following:
 Fuel gelling (thickening or crystallization of fuel in the fuel filter)
 Damaged or loose connector
 Bent, broken, corroded or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connection
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 Sensor is damaged
 Signs of external fuel leaks
 Any damaged, bent, or broken fuel lines
 Related fuel components not installed correctly

Was there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No
Correct any issues found.
Refer to Step 3.A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If this code is still present, go to step Go to step 2.B
2.B

Step 2.B Visual inspection, connections and wiring, common rail pump unit 1
and 2 (L092, L093)

Action
1. Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for
any of the following:
 Damaged or loose connector
 Bent, broken, corroded or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connection
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 Sensor is damaged
 Signs of external fuel leaks
 Any damaged, bent, or broken fuel lines
 Related fuel components not installed correctly
Was there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No
Correct any issues found.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 205 | P a g e
Refer to Step 3.A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If this code is still present, go to step Go to step 2.C
2.C

Step 2.C Rapido Maintenance: Check fuel supply, low pressure (Job ID: 68720)

Action
1. Check the low pressure fuel supply by performing the maintenance
procedure, “check fuel system low pressure (Fuel system), job ID
68720.”
Do any of the tests result in a failed state based on the criteria provided?

Yes No
Correct any issues found.
Refer to Step 3.A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
Go to step 2.D
If this code is still present, go to step
2.D

Step 2.D Electrical checks, resistance, common rail pump units 1 and 2 (L092
and L093)

Refer to the corresponding Checking Data in Engine Service – Rapido for


associated supply and signal voltages, resistance values, and related
connector pin test points.

Action
1. Check the resistance level as outlined in the corresponding checking
data, “Component check, common rail pump unit 1 pump (L092)” and
“Component check, common rail pump unit 2 pump (L093)”

Are measured values within expected range?


Yes No
Correct any issues found, or replace
the common rail unit pump if
measured values indicate an error.
Refer to Step 3.A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 206 | P a g e


and rechecks.
Got to Step 2.E
If this code is still present, go to Step
2.E

Step 2.E Rapido Maintenance: Check Fuel System High Pressure (Job ID:
M038143)

Action
1. Check the high pressure valve process associated with this procedure,
refer to the job “Check Fuel System High Pressure (Fuel system), Job ID
73760.”

Do any of the tests result in a failed state based on the criteria provided?

Yes No
Correct any issues found.
Refer to Step 3.A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If all steps have been completed and
this trouble code is still present,
contact the PACCAR Engine Support
Center for further assistance.

Step 3. Repair Verification

Step 3.A Repair verification cycles


Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken,
to enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the
trouble code or system being investigated.
 Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE
Diagnostics, Quick Check function to clear all current DTCs from the
PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Action
1. If the fuel system has been serviced, perform the following steps:
a. Bleed the fuel system associated with this procedure, refer to
the job “Bleed (fuel system), Job ID 67132.”
b. Operate the engine for 2 minutes to clear entrained air.
c. Clear the DTCs.
2. Start-up
With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 207 | P a g e
Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?
Yes No
Investigate and correct any issues
preventing these repair verification
cycles from being completed, then re-
run. For additional assistance, contact
the PACCAR Engine Support Center.
Go to Step 3.B Go to Step 3.B

Step 3.B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current trouble
codes to determine whether the actions taken have cleared this trouble
code.
Has P1086 been cleared?
Yes No
Problem resolved. Clear all DTCs. No Continue with the next step in this
further actions. troubleshooting procedure. If all steps
have been completed and this trouble
code is still present, contact the
PACCAR Engine Support Center for
further assistance.

Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Center

For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support
Call Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 208 | P a g e


P1087
Code number P1087
Fault code description Fuel pressure - Data valid but too low, moderately severe
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Fuel
Description of component(s) Fuel pressure sensor (F801)

The low-pressure fuel pressure is measured at the end of the low-pressure fuel supply
gallery.

Effect on the system:


 Limitation of the engine torque when the fuel pressure is too low.

Fuel temperature sensor (F803)

The fuel temperature is measured in the low-pressure fuel supply gallery between the
common rail pump units.

Effect on the system:


preventing automatic fuel module water draining activation when the fuel
temperature is very low (the water present may be frozen).
limitation of the engine torque when the fuel temperature is too high.
Location of component(s) Fuel pressure sensor (F801)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 209 | P a g e


Fuel temperature sensor (F803)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when the engine is running for more than 200 seconds.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 210 | P a g e


Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the fuel pressure is too low (gray area of the graph)
for more than 50 seconds.

P = Fuel pressure in bar; rpm = engine speed

P = Fuel pressure in psi; rpm = engine speed

Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s) Checking data, fuel pressure sensor (F801)

D420 F801 Function


A38 4 Ground

A50 1 Signal, fuel pressure

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 211 | P a g e


A46 2 Power supply

Wiring harness connector D420.A Wiring harness connector F801


front view front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Checking data, fuel temperature sensor (F803)

D420 PCI ECU


F803 fuel temperature sensor
D420 F803 Function
A42 1 Signal, fuel pressure

A60 3 Ground

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 212 | P a g e


Wiring harness connector D420.A Wiring harness connector F801
front view front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component and wiring check, fuel pressure sensor (F801)
Component check, fuel pressure sensor (F801)
This type of component cannot be checked with a multimeter or oscilloscope. Perform
the following to assess the component:
 Monitor/test the component with DAVIE
 Perform the wiring check

Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Switch off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F801.
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F801.
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
2 4 5V Ignition keyed on

Component check, fuel temperature sensor (F803)


Preparation
 Switch off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F803.
 Measure on component connector F803.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 213 | P a g e
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
1 3 5633–6120 Ω Resistance value at 0°C [34°F]
2411–2573 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
1128–1213 Ω Resistance value at 40°C [104°F]
568–619 Ω Resistance value at 60°C [140°F]
306–337 Ω Resistance value at 80°C [176°F]
176–196 Ω Resistance value at 100°C [212°F]

Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Switch off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F803.
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F803.
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
1 3 5V Ignition switched on

Possible causes  Faulty fuel pressure control valve


 Restriction in the fuel supply or low performance of the fuel lift pump.

Additional information The low-pressure fuel pressure is measured by the fuel pressure sensor (F801).
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting or
disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of damage
to the components.

 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that


supply power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are
provided in this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the
technical data sections in Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.
 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and
EAS-3 ECUs, and then run the Quick Check to identify a change in
fault status.
 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper
fault isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence
provided.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 214 | P a g e


Step 1 Investigate Related DTCs
Before troubleshooting this DTC, take notice of any other active or inactive DTCs. One
or multiple other DTCs could have been the cause for this DTC.

Step 1A Investigate related DTCs

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs.

Are these or any other related DTCs active?


P2541; P2542

Yes No

Refer to the troubleshooting information


for these DTCs before continuing with this
procedure.

Go to step 2A

Step 2 Fuel System, Low Pressure Checks

Step 2A Visual inspection, connections and wiring, fuel pressure (F801) and fuel
temperature (F803) sensors

Action
1. Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for any
of the following:
 Damaged or loose connectors
 Bent, broken, corroded, or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connections
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 The correct parts are not installed
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected
 Battery not fully charged or contacts not tight
 Fuel pressure sensor (F801) broken or not installed correctly
 Fuel temperature sensor (F803) broken or not installed correctly

Was there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No

Correct any issues found.


Refer to step 3A to perform the
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 215 | P a g e
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If this DTC is still present, go to step 2B Go to step 2B

Step 2B DAVIE Monitor, fuel pressure

Action
1. Ensure the ignition switch has been set to off.
2. Disconnect and remove the fuel temperature sensor (F803).
3. Install a pressure gauge at the fuel temperature sensor (F803) port.
4. Set the ignition switch to on.
5. Note the fuel pressure readings at 650 rpm and at 2100 rpm.
6. Use DAVIE to monitor the fuel pressure values at the same engine speeds.
7. Compare the monitored pressure values.

The expected results should be within the following pressure ranges:

Engine speed Fuel pressure

650 rpm 108 to 122 psi

2100 rpm 128 to 142 psi

Are the compared fuel pressure values within the expected range?

Yes No

Possible obstruction or leakage in the


fuel supply.

Go to step 2C Go to step 2C

Step 2C Visual inspection, low pressure circuit

Action
1. Inspect the low pressure side of the fuel system for any of the following:

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 216 | P a g e


*For additional information related to some of these check points, see
“replace fuel filter element (Fuel system), job ID 66433.”

 Low fuel level in fuel tank


 Fuel filter is damaged or needs replacement*
 Air in fuel system*
 Fuel leaks
 Damaged or kinked fuel lines
 Dirt or debris in the priming pump sieve (E073)
 Damage to the fuel lift pump o-ring
 Fuel system is not primed*
 Fuel control valve located at the left-rear of the engine block is open
 Damage to the power steering pump o-ring

A damaged o-ring on the power steering pump could lead to an


overheating condition for the power steering pump, which can be
transmitted via thermal conduction to the fuel pump.

Did these checks identify any failing conditions?

Yes No

Correct any issues found.

 If the fuel lift pump o-ring has


failed, change the o-ring and
inspect the fuel pump integrity.
If the fuel lift pump is failing,
replace it.
 If the power steering pump o-
ring is damaged, replace the o-
ring.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If all steps have been completed and If all steps have been completed and
this DTC is still present, contact the this DTC is still present, contact the
PACCAR Engine Support Center for PACCAR Engine Support Center for
further assistance. further assistance.

Step 3 Repair Verification

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 217 | P a g e


Step 3A Repair verification cycles

Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the trouble
code or system being investigated.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE


Diagnostics, Quick Check function to clear all current DTCs from the
PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Action
1. Start-up
With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2
minutes.

Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

Yes No

Investigate and correct any issues


preventing these repair verification
cycles from being completed, then re-
run. For additional assistance, contact
the PACCAR Engine Support Center.

Go to step 3B Go to step 3B

Step 3B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check, OBD Readiness Monitors

Action
Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs to determine
whether the actions taken have cleared this DTC.

1. Confirm that the corresponding OBD Monitor Readiness Status value is


displayed as “Ready.”
A status of Ready indicates that the corresponding OBD monitor has run
successfully and the problem has been resolved—no further action.

If the displayed status is “Not ready,” continue to action step 2.

2. View the DTC overview display, and confirm that P1087 has been cleared.

Is the related OBD Monitor Readiness Status set to “Ready.” Or, has P1087 been
cleared?

Yes No

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 218 | P a g e


Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in this
troubleshooting procedure.

If all steps have been completed and this


DTC is still present:

 continue to operate the truck to


extend the run time, allowing the
corresponding OBD monitor
sufficient time to complete
 or, return to step 3A and perform
this repair verification again.
If this issue is still present after extending
or re-running the repair verification,
contact the PACCAR Engine Support
Center for further assistance.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 219 | P a g e


P1088
Code number P1088
Fault code description Engine rail pressure - Data valid but too high
Fault code information

Please contact Engine support center

Description of component(s)

Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when the rail pressure operating state is: Release valve only
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the measured rail pressure is more than 2840 bar
[41191 psi].
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

Technical data

Possible causes  Common rail pressure release valve failure (stuck in the closed position)
 Multiple injectors stuck in the closed position.
Additional information  This DTC becomes active in combination with other fuel system related DTCs.
Troubleshoot these faults first.
 The rail pressure is measured in the common rail by the common rail pressure
sensor (F854).
 When this DTC is active:
o the engine torque is reduced
o the engine runs in protection mode
o the engine runs in rail pressure control state: Release valve only
o the maximum rail pressure is limited to 1300 bar
Diagnostic Step-by-Step

Verification Drive Cycle

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 220 | P a g e


P1089
Code number P1089
Fault code description Engine rail pressure - Data valid but too high
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Fuel
Description of component(s) The rail pressure is measured in the common rail.
The rail pressure sensor is part of the common rail and is not interchangeable as a
separate part.

Effect on the system:


 Feedback on the rail pressure control.
The rail pressure is closed-loop controlled. A comparison is made between the rail
pressure demands determined by the ECU and the rail pressure feedback measured by
the common rail pressure sensor.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when the rail pressure operating state is: Pump unit only or Rail
discharge
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the measured rail pressure is more than 2840 bar
[41191 psi].
Reset condition of fault This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
code repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F] in normal
driving conditions. This activity can be best conducted with a loaded vehicle/trailer.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 221 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector F854 front view


D420 PCI ECU
F854 engine rail pressure sensor

D420 F854 Function


A44 2 Ground
A48 3 Power supply
A52 1 Signal, common rail pressure
Technical data Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)
Preparation

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 222 | P a g e


 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F854
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F854
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
3 2 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes No possible causes information available.
Additional information  The rail pressure is measured in the common rail by the common rail pressure
sensor (F854).
 Engine torque is reduced.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.
Step 1 Step ID 1089a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2

Step 2 Step ID 1089b SRT


DAVIE Direct Test: High Pressure Fuel Pump Unit test
Run the prescribed DAVIE Direct test to determine if the electronic unit pumps are
working correctly.
Does the test fail to complete or result in a failed state?
 No: Proceed to step4
 Yes: Proceed to step 3

Step 3 Step ID 1089c SRT


Repairs or component replacements appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-
check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1089d SRT


DAVIE Direct Test: Pressure Control Valve
Run the prescribed DAVIE Direct test to determine if the high pressure valve is
working correctly.
Does the test fail to complete or result in a failed state?
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 223 | P a g e
 No: Proceed to step 6
 Yes: Proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 1089e SRT


Repairs or component replacements appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-
check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 6

Step 6 Step ID 1089f SRT


Replace: Electronic Unit pump
Replace the faulty Electronic Unit Pump.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 If this related fault is still active, proceed to step 7

Step 7 Step ID 1089g SRT


Replace: High Pressure Valve (Common Rail)
Replace the Common Rail assembly, which includes the High Pressure Valve.
NOTE: The entire Common Rail must be replaced. The High Pressure Valve is a
non-serviceable part and cannot be replaced or repaired separately.
Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center to confirm replacement of the
Common Rail assembly.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 If this related fault is still active, proceed to step 8

Step 8 Step ID 1089h SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2
minutes.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 224 | P a g e


P1090
Code number P1090
Fault code description Detects when rail pressure goes over threshold (APV) in the absence of rail pressure
sensor fault
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 225 | P a g e


P1091
Code number P1091
Fault code description Engine rail pressure control - Data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – Fuel system
Freeze frame type – Generic
Description of The rail pressure is measured in the common rail.
component(s) The rail pressure sensor is part of the common rail and is not interchangeable as a
separate part.

Effect on the system:


 Feedback on the rail pressure control.
The rail pressure is closed-loop controlled. A comparison is made between the rail
pressure demands determined by the ECU and the rail pressure feedback measured
by the common rail pressure sensor.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:


 during fuel injection cutoff event, and;
 engine speed is between 1200 and 1600 rpm, and;
 rail pressure operating state is: Release valve, and;
 this test is carried out after 30 minutes of engine running time when the
conditions are met. It is repeated three times (total 90 minutes) before an
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 226 | P a g e
evaluation is made.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the controlled common rail pressure release valve
current differs too much from the expected current.
Reset condition of fault This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
code
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector F854 front view


D420 PCI ECU
F854 engine rail pressure sensor

D420 F854 Function

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 227 | P a g e


A44 2 Ground
A48 3 Power supply
A52 1 Signal, common rail pressure
Technical data Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F854
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F854
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
3 2 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Common rail pump unit failure
 Common rail pressure release valve failure
 Common rail pressure sensor deviation
Additional information For this diagnostic, the high-pressure fuel system components are checked using an
autonomous test. During this test, the rail pressure is controlled by the common rail
pressure release valve (L094) during a fuel cutoff event. The PCI ECU controls the
common rail pressure release valve current to keep the rail pressure at 1500 bar. This
is compared with the common rail pressure sensor (F854) reading.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood
of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.
Step 1 Step ID 1091a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1091b SRT


Run DAVIE Direct test (Pressure Control Valve) to determine if the high pressure
valve is working correctly.
Does the test fail to complete or result in a failed state?
 No: Proceed to step 3.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.

Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 228 | P a g e


 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 3

Step 3 Step ID 1091c SRT


Repair or replace High Pressure Valve (Common Rail) and use DAVIE to re-check
for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1091d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline possible)
and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce engine load
by turning the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum speed
limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine speed between
1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in
three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5 miles is unachievable.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 229 | P a g e


P109C
Code number P109C
Fault code description Common rail pressure release valve - Current too low or open circuit on ECU D420 pin
C4
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Fuel
Description of component(s) The common rail pressure release valve is used to control the rail pressure during a
malfunction in the rail pressure control situation. Secondly, it has a pressure-limiting
valve so that the rail pressure does not exceed 3250 ± 300 bar [47138 ± 4351 psi] in
emergency situations (e.g., loss of rail pressure control).
The common rail pressure release valve is part of the common rail and is not
interchangeable as a separate part.

Control
During normal rail pressure control, the valve is controlled (duty cycle) to keep it
closed. The current to keep the valve closed varies and depends on the required rail
pressure.
If it is not electronically controlled (e.g., faulty valve or wiring), the valve is normally
closed and opens at approximately 320 ± 70 bar [4641 ± 1015 psi]. The opening
pressure can vary depending on engine speed, fuel temperature, and other factors.
If the valve opens, the fuel is dumped into the supply pipe of the fuel module.

Learning function
The current to control the common rail pressure release valve is determined by the
PCI ECU and is stored in its memory. If a common rail pressure release valve is
changed, the stored value in the PCI ECU must be reset with DAVIE.

Effect of output signal on the system:


 controlling the rail pressure in case the normal rail pressure control is lost (for
example, a failure on high-pressure fuel system components is detected).
 Limits the maximum rail pressure in emergency situations

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 230 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition There is no Diagnostic condition information.


Set condition of fault code This condition is set when High Pressure Common Rail Fuel Pressure Relief Valve
current feedback is less than 0A.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 231 | P a g e


Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector L094 front view


D420 PCI ECU
L094 common rail pressure release valve

D420 L094 Function


C4 2 Signal, common rail pressure release valve
C26 1 Ground
Technical data Component check, common rail pressure release valve (L094)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L094
 Measure on component connector L094
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 2 1.57–1.93 Ω at 20°C [68°F]
Possible causes No Possible causes available
Additional information Engine torque is reduced.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 232 | P a g e
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.
Step 1 Step ID 109Ca SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 109Cb SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 109Cc SRT


Repair or replace Common Rail assembly and use DAVIE to re-check for the
presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 109Cd SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2
minutes.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 233 | P a g e


P109D
Code number P109D
Fault code description Common rail pressure release valve - Current too high on ECU D420 pin C4
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Fuel
Description of component(s) The common rail pressure release valve is used to control the rail pressure during a
malfunction in the rail pressure control situation. Secondly, it has a pressure-limiting
valve so that the rail pressure does not exceed 3250 ± 300 bar [47138 ± 4351 psi] in
emergency situations (e.g., loss of rail pressure control).
The common rail pressure release valve is part of the common rail and is not
interchangeable as a separate part.

Control
During normal rail pressure control, the valve is controlled (duty cycle) to keep it
closed. The current to keep the valve closed varies and depends on the required rail
pressure.
If it is not electronically controlled (e.g., faulty valve or wiring), the valve is normally
closed and opens at approximately 320 ± 70 bar [4641 ± 1015 psi]. The opening
pressure can vary depending on engine speed, fuel temperature, and other factors.
If the valve opens, the fuel is dumped into the supply pipe of the fuel module.

Learning function
The current to control the common rail pressure release valve is determined by the
PCI ECU and is stored in its memory. If a common rail pressure release valve is
changed, the stored value in the PCI ECU must be reset with DAVIE.

Effect of output signal on the system:


 Controlling the rail pressure in case the normal rail pressure control is lost (for
example, a failure on high-pressure fuel system components is detected).
 Limits the maximum rail pressure in emergency situations

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 234 | P a g e


Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on with the engine off, after 10
seconds of ignition ON
Set condition of fault code If High Pressure Common Rail Fuel Pressure Relief Valve current feedback is greater
than the threshold value of 2.3A then the condition is set.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 235 | P a g e


Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector L094 front view


D420 PCI ECU
L094 common rail pressure release valve

D420 L094 Function


C4 2 Signal, common rail pressure release valve
C26 1 Ground
Technical data Component check, common rail pressure release valve (L094)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector L094
 Measure on component connector L094
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 2 1.57–1.93 Ω at 20°C [68°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information Engine torque is reduced.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or discon006Eecting electrical components to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 236 | P a g e


 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pin out locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section in Rapid.

Step 1 Step ID 109Da SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 109Db SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages.
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 109Dc SRT


Repair or replace appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-check for the
presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 109Dd SRT


Replace: High Pressure Valve (Common Rail)
Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center to confirm replacement of the
Common Rail assembly.
Replace the Common Rail assembly, which includes the High Pressure Valve.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 109De SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center:
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 237 | P a g e


Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 238 | P a g e


P1110
Code number P1110

Fault code description Intercooler efficiency - Too low

Fault code information 2 trip MIL


3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – Boost
Freeze frame type – Boost

Description of component(s) The intercooler outlet temperature is measured before the EGR mixer.

Effect on the system

 Monitors intercooler performance

Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs:


 150 seconds after an engine start, and;
 engine is running at steady speed and load, and;
 coolant temperature is above 65°C [149°F], and;
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 239 | P a g e
 vehicle speed is more than 25 km/h [15.5 mph]

Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that cooling capacity of the intercooler is too low for more
than 40 seconds.

Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.

To validate the repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C
[158°F]. Once the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a
minimum speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine
speed between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best
performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as many engine
power consumers on to produce engine load. Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3
to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile] increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5
miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road, if possible.

Electrical diagram(s)

D420 PCI ECU


F750 Intercooler temperature sensor
D420 F750 Function
C17 1 Signal, intercooler temperature
C31 2 Ground

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 240 | P a g e


Wiring harness connector D420.C front view Wiring harness connector F750 front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, intercooler temperature sensor (F750)

Preparation

 Key off the ignition


 Disconnect connector F750
 Measure on the component connector F750
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
1 2 5248–5732 Ω Resistance value at 0°C [32°F]

2334–2505 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]

1133–1198 Ω Resistance value at 40°C [104°F]

593–619 Ω Resistance value at 60°C [140°F]

331–341 Ω Resistance value at 80°C [176°F]

195–199 Ω Resistance value at 100°C [212°F]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)

Preparation

 Key off the ignition

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 241 | P a g e


 Disconnect connector F750
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F750
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
1 2 5V Ignition keyed on

Possible causes  Contaminated or blocked intercooler


 Fan not working correctly
 Intercooler temperature sensor deviation
 Ambient air temperature sensor deviation
 Coolant temperature sensor deviation
 EGR temperature sensor deviation
 Pre-compressor air temperature sensor deviation
 Boost (intake manifold) air temperature sensor deviation
 Ambient air pressure sensor deviation
 Boost air pressure sensor deviation
 Use of a winterfront at temperatures above 40°F (4°C)
 Use of an aftermarket winterfront that has excessive airflow restriction through
the intercooler.

Additional information The cooling efficiency of the intercooler is monitored.

This diagnostics consists of two parts:

1. The temperature across the intercooler drop is monitored by comparing the


calculated temperature before the intercooler with the measured temperature
after the intercooler.
2. The measured temperature after the intercooler is compared with the ambient
temperature.

The temperature after the intercooler is measured by the intercooler temperature


sensor (F750).

Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting or
disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of damage to
the components.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 242 | P a g e


 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that supply power
and ground to the PMCI are functioning properly.

 Disconnecting the PMCI connectors during the troubleshooting process will


result in multiple errors.

 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are provided in
this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the technical data sections in
Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.

 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current trouble codes from the PCI and
EAS-3 ECUs, and then run the Quick Check to identify a change in fault status.

 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper fault
isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence provided.

Step 1. Investigate Related Trouble Codes


Before troubleshooting this code, take notice of any other active or inactive trouble
codes. One or multiple other codes could have been the cause for this code.

Step 1.A Investigate related trouble codes

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current trouble codes.

Are these or any other related codes active?


Ambient air temp sensor P0072; P0073; P009A
Coolant temperature sensor P0115; P0117; P0118; P1115; P2181; P2183
Post-intercooler air temperature P0095; P0097; P0098; P0127; P1127
sensor
EGR (venturi) temperature sensor P040B; P040C; P040D, or related EGR codes
Pre-compressor air temperature P2199; U1071
sensor
Boost air temperature sensor P0110; P0112; P0113; P1128; P1573
Ambient air pressure sensor P2226; P2228; P2229
Boost air pressure sensor P0069; P0107; P0108; P104B; P104C

Yes No

Refer to the troubleshooting information


for these codes before continuing with
this procedure.
Go to step 2.A

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 243 | P a g e


Step 2. Intercooler (F750) Checks

Step 2. A Visual inspection, intercooler (F750)

Action
1. Visually inspect the intercooler (charge air cooler) and associated
components for any of the following:
 Loose or broken clamps on the air system
 Dirt or debris build-up (blockage) at the front of the intercooler
 Air system parts are removed or damaged
 Hump hoses are folded over or have holes
 Damage to or incorrect installation of any of the following sensors:
o Coolant temperature sensor (F566)
o Post-intercooler temperature sensor (F750)
o Pre-compressor air (after BPV) temperature sensor (F853)
o EGR (venturi) temperature sensor (F749)
o Boost air temperature sensor (F804)
o Boost air pressure sensor (F802)

Was there evidence of any of the above?


Yes No

Correct any issues found. If a sensor is


found to be damaged or broken, replace
it.
Refer to Step 3.A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If this code is still present, go to Step Go to step 2.B
2.B.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 244 | P a g e


Step 2.B DAVIE monitor, intercooler temperature and related sensors

Action
1. Use DAVIE to select and monitor the following temperature and pressure
values for comparison:
 Coolant temperature (turbo control)
 Post-intercooler air temperature(turbo control)
 Pre-compressor air temperature(turbo control)
 EGR temperature (EGR control)
 Boost air pressure (turbo control)

For initial temperature readings, monitor with the ignition key to ON and the engine
to OFF.

Start the engine and allow it to idle for a minimum of 10 minutes to allow the
temperature sensors to stabilize.

While monitoring, no temperature should vary by a value of more than 50°F for a
period of more than 5 seconds.

Do any monitored values vary by more than 50°F (24°C) for more than 5 seconds?

Yes No

Correct any issues found, or replace the


related sensor if measured values indicate
a sensor error.

Refer to Step 3.A to perform the


corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If this code is still present, go to step 2.C. Go to step 2.C

Step 2.C Pressure testing, intake and exhaust elements

Action
1. Perform the steps outlined in the procedure, “pressure testing
(intake/exhaust elem.),” job ID 84123, to determine whether there are any
leaks in the intake air system.
Was there evidence of a leak in the air system?

Yes No

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 245 | P a g e


Correct any issues found.
Refer to Step 3.A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If all steps have been completed and If all steps have been completed and
this trouble code is still present, contact this trouble code is still present, contact
the PACCAR Engine Support Center for the PACCAR Engine Support Center for
further assistance. further assistance.

Step 3. Repair Verification

Step 3.A Repair verification cycles

Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the trouble
code or system being investigated.
Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick
Check function to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Action
1. Steady State
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline
possible) and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable,
produce engine load by turning the A/C and fan to ON.

With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a


minimum speed limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with
the engine speed between 1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run
this cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in three separate 1-mile increments if a
steady 3 to 5 miles is unachievable.

Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

Yes No

Investigate and correct any issues


preventing these repair verification
cycles from being completed, then re-
run. For additional assistance, contact
the PACCAR Engine Support Center.
Go to step 3.B Go to step 3.B

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 246 | P a g e


Step 3.B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current trouble codes to
determine whether the actions taken have cleared this trouble code.
Has P1110 been cleared?

Yes No

Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in this
troubleshooting procedure. If all steps
have been completed and this trouble
code is still present, contact the PACCAR
Engine Support Center for further
assistance.

Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Center

For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 247 | P a g e


P1115
Code number P1115
Fault code description Coolant temperature - Data valid but too high, moderately severe
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Cooling
Description of component(s) The coolant temperature is measured in the coolant return gallery at the right rear
end of the cylinder block.
Effect on the system:
 Calculates the quantity of fuel to inject and the injection timing
 Displays the coolant temperature to the driver
 Displays warnings to the driver concerning high coolant temperature
 Limits the engine torque when the coolant temperature is too high
 Limits the maximum engine speed when the engine is cold
 Enables condition for severity of (OBD) diagnostic checks
 Fast idle speed control
 Cold start aid
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is keyed on and when the engine
is running.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the measured coolant temperature is more than
110°C [230°F] for more than 10 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F]. Once
the minimum target temperature has been reached, perform several low to higher
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 248 | P a g e
speed accelerations with moderate engine load. Also perform high-load to low-load
transitions. This activity should be conducted within the range of 15 km/h [10 mph] to
65 km/h [40 mph] for no more than 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles].
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector F566 front view


D420 PCI ECU
F566 coolant temperature sensor

D420 F556 Function


A58 1 Signal, coolant temperature
A61 2 Ground
Technical data Component check, coolant temperature sensor (F566)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 249 | P a g e
 Disconnect connector F566
 Measure on component connector F566
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 2 14936–15961 Ω Resistance value at -20°C [-4°F]
5727–6056 Ω Resistance value at 0°C [32°F]
2439–2557 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
1151–1197 Ω Resistance value at 40°C [104°F]
585–604 Ω Resistance value at 60°C [140°F]
318–327 Ω Resistance value at 80°C [176°F]
185–188 Ω Resistance value at 100°C [212°F]
111–114 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector F566
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F566
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 2 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Coolant level too low
 Contaminated radiator
 Faulty engine cooling fan
 Blocked thermostat
 Coolant temperature sensor deviation
Additional information The engine coolant temperature is monitored by the coolant temperature sensor
(F566).
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.
Step 1 Step ID 1115a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1115b SRT

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 250 | P a g e


Ancillary Test: Coolant Leak
Perform the prescribed testing to determine correct operation of the associated
engine or aftertreatment system.
Does the test fail to complete or result in a failed state?
 No – Proceed to step 4
 Yes – Proceed to Step 3

Step 3 Step ID 1115c SRT


Repairs or component replacements appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-
check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1115d SRT


Remove and inspect the thermostat to verify it is not stuck in the open or closed
position.
Was the thermostat stuck in the open or closed position?
 No – Proceed to step 6
 Yes – Proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 1115e SRT


Repairs or component replacements appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-
check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 6

Step 6 Step ID 1115f SRT


Replace the identified faulty Coolant temperature sensor and use DAVIE to re-
check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 7

Step 7 Step ID 1115g SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline possible)
and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce engine load
by turning the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum speed
limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine speed between
1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in
three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5 miles is unachievable.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 251 | P a g e


P1122
Code number P1122
Fault code description Sticking cruise fault
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 252 | P a g e


P1127
Code number P1127
Fault code description Intercooler temperature - Data valid but too high, moderately severe
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Boost
Description of component(s) The intercooler outlet temperature is measured before the EGR mixer.

Effect on the system

 Monitors intercooler performance

Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs 300 seconds after the engine is started.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the intercooler outlet temperature is more than 95°C

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 253 | P a g e


[203°F] for more than 60 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

D420 PCI ECU


F750 Intercooler temperature sensor
D420 F750 Function
C17 1 Signal, intercooler temperature
C31 2 Ground

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view Wiring harness connector F750 front view

Handle connectors and pins with care and use matching measuring probes.

Technical data Component check, intercooler temperature sensor (F750)

Preparation

 Key off the ignition


 Disconnect connector F750

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 254 | P a g e


 Measure on the component connector F750
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
1 2 5248–5732 Ω Resistance value at 0°C [32°F]

2334–2505 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]

1133–1198 Ω Resistance value at 40°C [104°F]

593–619 Ω Resistance value at 60°C [140°F]

331–341 Ω Resistance value at 80°C [176°F]

195–199 Ω Resistance value at 100°C [212°F]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)

Preparation

 Key off the ignition


 Disconnect connector F750
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F750
Pin Pin Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
1 2 5V Ignition keyed on

Possible causes  Restricted air flow through the intercooler/radiator


 Faulty engine cooling fan
 Intercooler temperature sensor deviation
Additional information The intercooler outlet temperature is measured before the EGR mixer by the
intercooler temperature sensor (F750).
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting or
disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of damage
to the components.

 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that supply power


and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.

 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process will


result in multiple errors.

 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are provided in
this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the technical data sections
in Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.

 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 255 | P a g e


ECUs, and then run the Quick Check to identify a change in DTC status.

 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper fault
isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence provided.

Step 1 Investigate Related DTCs


Before troubleshooting this DTC, take notice of any other active or inactive DTCs. One
or multiple other DTCs could have been the cause for this DTC.

Step 1A Investigate related DTCs

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs.

Are these or any other related DTCs active?


Ambient air temp sensor P0072; P0073; P009A

Coolant temperature sensor P0115; P0117; P0118; P1115; P2181; P2183

Post-intercooler air P0095; P0097; P0098; P0127


temperature sensor

EGR (venturi) temperature P040B; P040C; P040D, or related EGR DTCs


sensor

Pre-compressor air P2199; U1071


temperature sensor

Boost air temperature sensor P0110; P0112; P0113; P1128; P1573

Yes No

Refer to the troubleshooting information for these


DTCs before continuing with this procedure.

Go to step 2A

Step 2 Intercooler (F750) Checks

Step 2A Visual inspection, intercooler (F750)

Action
1. Visually inspect the intercooler (charge air cooler) and associated
components for any of the following:
 Loose or broken clamps on the air system
 Dirt or debris build-up (blockage) at the front of the intercooler
 Air system parts are removed or damaged
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 256 | P a g e
 Hump hoses are folded over or have holes
 Damage to or incorrect installation of the Coolant temperature sensor
(F566)
 Damage to or incorrect installation of the Post-intercooler temperature
sensor (F750)
 Damage to or incorrect installation of the Pre-compressor air (after BPV)
temperature sensor (F853)
 Damage to or incorrect installation of the EGR (venturi) temperature
sensor (F749)
 Damage to or incorrect installation of the Boost air temperature sensor
(F804)
 Damage to or incorrect installation of the Boost air pressure sensor
(F802)

Was there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No

Correct any issues found. If a sensor is


found to be damaged or broken, replace
it.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If this DTC is still present, go to step 2B step 2B

Step 2B Electrical checks, resistance, intercooler temperature sensor (F750)

Refer to the corresponding checking data for associated supply and signal
voltages, resistance values, and related connector pin test points.

Action
1. Confirm the sensor resistance values as outlined in the corresponding
checking data, “Component check, intercooler temperature sensor (F750).

Are measured values within expected range?

Yes No
Correct any issues found, or replace the
intercooler temperature sensor (F750) if
measured values indicate a sensor error.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 257 | P a g e


Go to step 2C If this DTC is still present, go to step 2C

Step 2C Electrical checks, supply voltage, intercooler temperature sensor (F750)

Refer to the corresponding checking data for associated supply and signal
voltages, resistance values, and related connector pin test points.

Action
1. Confirm the sensor supply voltage as outlined in the corresponding checking
data, “Component check, intercooler temperature sensor (F750).

Are measured values within expected range?

Yes No
Correct any issues found.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

Go to step 2D If this DTC is still present, go to step 2D

Step 2D DAVIE monitor, intercooler temperature and related sensors

Action
1. Use DAVIE to select and monitor the following temperature and pressure
values for comparison:
 Coolant temperature (turbo control)
 Post-intercooler air temperature(turbo control)
 Pre-compressor air temperature(turbo control)
 EGR temperature (EGR control)
 Boost air pressure (turbo control)

For initial temperature readings, monitor with the ignition key to ON and
the engine to OFF.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for a minimum of 10 minutes to allow
the temperature sensors to stabilize.
While monitoring, no temperature should vary by a value of more than 50°F
for a period of more than 5 seconds.

Do any monitored values vary by more than 50°F (24°C) for more than 5 seconds?

Yes No

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 258 | P a g e


Correct any issues found, or replace the
related sensor if measured values indicate
a sensor error.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If this DTC is still present, go to step 2E Go to step 2E

Step 2E Special test, intake/exhaust leak

Action
1. Perform this test using the Intake/Exhaust Leak Test Kit (#1903034) to
determine whether there are any leaks in the intake air system.

Was there evidence of a leak in the air system?

Yes No

Correct any issues found.


Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.
If all steps have been completed and If all steps have been completed and
this DTC is still present, contact the this DTC is still present, contact the
PACCAR Engine Support Center for PACCAR Engine Support Center for
further assistance. further assistance.

Step 3 Repair Verification

Step 3A Repair verification cycles


Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the DTC or
system being investigated.
Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Diagnostics,
Quick Check function to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Action
1. Steady State
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline
possible) and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable,
produce engine load by turning the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a
minimum speed limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with
the engine speed between 1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 259 | P a g e
this cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in three separate 1-mile increments if a
steady 3 to 5 miles is unachievable.
Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

Yes No

Investigate and correct any issues


preventing these repair verification cycles
from being completed, then re-run. For
additional assistance, contact the
PACCAR Engine Support Center.

Go to step 3B Go to step 3B

Step 3B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check

Action
1. Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs to
determine whether the actions taken have cleared this DTC.

Has P1127 been cleared?

Yes No

Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in this
troubleshooting procedure. If all steps
have been completed and this DTC is still
present, contact the PACCAR Engine
Support Center for further assistance.

Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Center

For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 260 | P a g e


P1128
Code number P1128
Fault code description Air temp too high.
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 261 | P a g e


P1133
Code number P1133
Fault code description Lambda sensor heater – Voltage too high or short circuit to supply on ECU D420 pin
C46
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Exhaust gas
Description of component(s) The lambda sensor measures the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gases after the
BPV valve.

Air/fuel ratio
The PCI ECU uses the measured oxygen concentration in the exhaust to determine
the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process.
Typical air/fuel ratios are 18 to 45. A high value indicates a high oxygen concentration
measured by the lambda sensor.
Sensor heater
The sensor has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature of
approximately 750°C [1382°F]. The PCI ECU controls the heater.
Sensor heating control
 The first stage starts when the ignition is keyed on.
The sensor is heated to a value at which any condensate evaporates from the
sensor.
 The second stage starts after the 'dew point' is reached.
The sensor is heated to its operating temperature of approximately 750°C
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 262 | P a g e
[1382°F]. The PCI ECU determines the 'dew point' by calculating how much
energy (heat by burning fuel in the engine) is pumped through the exhaust.
If the 'dew point' is not/no longer reached, the sensor temperature stays
at/drops to the standby temperature, similar to the first stage heating.

Effect on the system


 Determines the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process
 Controls the smoke limit; where the measured exhaust gas oxygen
concentration is compared with a target value for smoke limitation.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in lower calculated soot
formation by the engine.
 Controls NOx emissions; determines whether the target Exhaust Gas
Recirculation is being achieved to control NOx emissions.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in higher calculated NOx
formation by the engine.
 Controls regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF). The soot particles
in the DPF are 'burned' using the oxygen present in the exhaust gas.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Need to consider all active/inactive faults: one or multiple faults may have triggered
this fault
 when the engine speed is between 950 and 2000 rpm, and;
 when the engine is running at a steady load, and;
 when coolant temperature is above 50°C [122°F], and;
 the engine mode is SCR high efficiency or standard or protection;

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 263 | P a g e


 The lambda sensor (F834) is in the operating mode.
Set condition of fault code This diagnostic starts five minutes after the engine starts. The diagnostic runs
continuously.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F834 front view


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 264 | P a g e
D420 F834 Function
C21 5 Trimming resistor
C22 2 Ground, sensor element
C23 6 Signal, nernst sensor
C45 1 Signal, pump cell current
C46 3 Ground, heater element
4 Power supply, heater element
Technical data Component check, lambda sensor (F834)
Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on component connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element resistance
4 3 2.4–4.0 Ω
at 20°C [68°C]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element power supply with
4 Ground Ubat
ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Faulty wiring
 Faulty connector
 Faulty sensor
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to
reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.
Step 1 Step ID 1133a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 265 | P a g e


Step 2 Step ID 1133b SRT
With the key OFF, disconnect the lambda sensor. Turn the key ON and navigate
through DAVIE to read errors:
 If fault is inactive – Proceed to step 3.
 If fault is active – Proceed to step 4.

Step 3 Step ID 1133c SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the harness from the lambda sensor. Turn the key on
and measure the voltage between a battery ground and the supply terminal of the
lambda sensor circuit on the engine harness:
 If the voltage is acceptable – Replace the lambda sensor and reconnect the
harness and verify the fault as per verification drive cycle.
 If the voltage is not acceptable – Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1133d SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the engine harness from the PCI. Turn the key ON and
navigate through DAVIE to read errors:
 If fault is inactive – Replace the engine harness and verify the fault as per
verification drive cycle.
 If fault is active – Proceed to step 5.

Step 5 Step ID 1133e SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, drive the vehicle at a minimum speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the
highest gear possible with the engine speed between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the
cruise control. This test is best performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is
unavailable, turn as many engine power consumers on to produce engine load.
Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile]
increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road, if
possible.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 266 | P a g e


P1134
Code number P1134
Fault code description Lambda sensor heater – Voltage too low or short circuit to ground on ECU D420 pin
C46
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Exhaust gas
Description of component(s) The lambda sensor measures the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gases after the
BPV valve.

Air/fuel ratio
The PCI ECU uses the measured oxygen concentration in the exhaust to determine
the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process.
Typical air/fuel ratios are 18 to 45. A high value indicates a high oxygen concentration
measured by the lambda sensor.
Sensor heater
The sensor has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature of
approximately 750°C [1382°F]. The PCI ECU controls the heater.
Sensor heating control
 The first stage starts when the ignition is keyed on.
The sensor is heated to a value at which any condensate evaporates from the
sensor.
 The second stage starts after the 'dew point' is reached.
The sensor is heated to its operating temperature of approximately 750°C
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 267 | P a g e
[1382°F]. The PCI ECU determines the 'dew point' by calculating how much
energy (heat by burning fuel in the engine) is pumped through the exhaust.
If the 'dew point' is not/no longer reached, the sensor temperature stays
at/drops to the standby temperature, similar to the first stage heating.

Effect on the system


 Determines the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process
 Controls the smoke limit; where the measured exhaust gas oxygen
concentration is compared with a target value for smoke limitation.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in lower calculated soot
formation by the engine.
 Controls NOx emissions; determines whether the target Exhaust Gas
Recirculation is being achieved to control NOx emissions.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in higher calculated NOx
formation by the engine.
 Controls regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF). The soot particles
in the DPF are 'burned' using the oxygen present in the exhaust gas.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Need to consider all active/inactive faults: one or multiple faults may have triggered
this fault
 when the engine speed is between 950 and 2000 rpm, and;
 when the engine is running at a steady load, and;
 when coolant temperature is above 50°C [122°F], and;
 the engine mode is SCR high efficiency or standard or protection;
 the lambda sensor (F834) is in the operating mode.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 268 | P a g e
Set condition of fault code This diagnostic starts five minutes after the engine starts. The diagnostic runs
continuously
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F834 front view


D420 F834 Function
C21 5 Trimming resistor
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 269 | P a g e
C22 2 Ground, sensor element
C23 6 Signal, nernst sensor
C45 1 Signal, pump cell current
C46 3 Ground, heater element
4 Power supply, heater element
Technical data Component check, lambda sensor (F834)
Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on component connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element resistance
4 3 2.4–4.0 Ω
at 20°C [68°C]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element power supply
4 Ground Ubat
with ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Faulty wiring
 Faulty connector
 Faulty sensor
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to
reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1134a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 270 | P a g e


Step 2 Step ID 1134b SRT
With the key OFF, disconnect the lambda sensor. Turn the key ON and navigate
through DAVIE to read errors:
 If fault is inactive – Proceed to step 3.
 If fault is active – Proceed to step 4.

Step 3 Step ID 1134c SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the harness from the lambda sensor. Turn the key on
and measure the voltage between a battery ground and the supply terminal of the
lambda sensor circuit on the engine harness:
 If the voltage is acceptable – Replace the lambda sensor and reconnect the
harness and verify the fault as per verification drive cycle.
 If the voltage is not acceptable – Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1134d SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the engine harness from the PCI. Turn the key ON and
navigate through DAVIE to read errors:
 If fault is inactive – Replace the engine harness and verify the fault as per
verification drive cycle.
 If fault is active – Proceed to step 5.

Step 5 Step ID 1134e SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate the repair:
Drive the vehicle at a minimum speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear
possible with the engine speed between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise
control. This test is best performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is
unavailable, turn as many engine power consumers on to produce engine load.
Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile]
increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road, if
possible.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 271 | P a g e


P1135
Code number P1135
Fault code description Lambda sensor heater – Voltage too low or short circuit to supply on ECU D420 pin
C46
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Exhaust gas
Description of component(s) The lambda sensor measures the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gases after the
BPV valve.

Air/fuel ratio
The PCI ECU uses the measured oxygen concentration in the exhaust to determine
the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process.
Typical air/fuel ratios are 18 to 45. A high value indicates a high oxygen concentration
measured by the lambda sensor.
Sensor heater
The sensor has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature of
approximately 750°C [1382°F]. The PCI ECU controls the heater.
Sensor heating control
 The first stage starts when the ignition is keyed on.
The sensor is heated to a value at which any condensate evaporates from the
sensor.
 The second stage starts after the 'dew point' is reached.
The sensor is heated to its operating temperature of approximately 750°C
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 272 | P a g e
[1382°F]. The PCI ECU determines the 'dew point' by calculating how much
energy (heat by burning fuel in the engine) is pumped through the exhaust.
If the 'dew point' is not/no longer reached, the sensor temperature stays
at/drops to the standby temperature, similar to the first stage heating.

Effect on the system


 Determines the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process
 Controls the smoke limit; where the measured exhaust gas oxygen
concentration is compared with a target value for smoke limitation.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in lower calculated soot
formation by the engine.
 Controls NOx emissions; determines whether the target Exhaust Gas
Recirculation is being achieved to control NOx emissions.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in higher calculated NOx
formation by the engine.
 Controls regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF). The soot particles
in the DPF are 'burned' using the oxygen present in the exhaust gas.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Need to consider all active/inactive faults: one or multiple faults may have triggered
this fault
 when the engine speed is between 950 and 2000 rpm, and;
 when the engine is running at a steady load, and;
 when coolant temperature is above 50°C [122°F], and;
 the engine mode is SCR high efficiency or standard or protection;
 the lambda sensor (F834) is in the operating mode.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 273 | P a g e
Set condition of fault code This diagnostic starts five minutes after the engine starts. The diagnostic runs
continuously
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F834 front view


D420 F834 Function
C21 5 Trimming resistor
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 274 | P a g e
C22 2 Ground, sensor element
C23 6 Signal, nernst sensor
C45 1 Signal, pump cell current
C46 3 Ground, heater element
4 Power supply, heater element
Technical data Component check, lambda sensor (F834)
Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on component connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element resistance
4 3 2.4–4.0 Ω
at 20°C [68°C]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element power supply with
4 Ground Ubat
ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Faulty wiring
 Faulty connector
 Faulty sensor
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.
Step 1 Step ID 1135a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins) and
harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the diagnostic
procedure. Proceed to step 2.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 275 | P a g e


Step 2 Step ID 1135b SRT
With the key OFF, disconnect the lambda sensor. Turn the key ON and navigate
through DAVIE to read errors:
 If fault is inactive – Proceed to step 3.
 If fault is active – Proceed to step 4.

Step 3 Step ID 1135c SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the harness from the lambda sensor. Turn the key on and
measure the voltage between a battery ground and the supply terminal of the
lambda sensor circuit on the engine harness:
 If the voltage is acceptable – Replace the lambda sensor and reconnect the
harness and verify the fault as per verification drive cycle.
 If the voltage is not acceptable – Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1135d SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the engine harness from the PCI. Turn the key ON and
navigate through DAVIE to read errors:
 If fault is inactive – Replace the engine harness and verify the fault as per
verification drive cycle.
 If fault is active – Proceed to step 5.

Step 5 Step ID 1135e SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate the repair:
Drive the vehicle at a minimum speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear
possible with the engine speed between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise
control. This test is best performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is
unavailable, turn as many engine power consumers on to produce engine load.
Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile]
increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road, if
possible.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 276 | P a g e


P1136
Code number P1136
Fault code description Lambda sensor heater – Voltage too low or short circuit to ground on ECU D420 pin
C46
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Exhaust gas
Description of component(s) The lambda sensor measures the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gases after the
BPV valve.

Air/fuel ratio
The PCI ECU uses the measured oxygen concentration in the exhaust to determine
the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process.
Typical air/fuel ratios are 18 to 45. A high value indicates a high oxygen concentration
measured by the lambda sensor.
Sensor heater
The sensor has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature of
approximately 750°C [1382°F]. The PCI ECU controls the heater.
Sensor heating control
 The first stage starts when the ignition is keyed on.
The sensor is heated to a value at which any condensate evaporates from the
sensor.
 The second stage starts after the 'dew point' is reached.
The sensor is heated to its operating temperature of approximately 750°C
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 277 | P a g e
[1382°F]. The PCI ECU determines the 'dew point' by calculating how much
energy (heat by burning fuel in the engine) is pumped through the exhaust.
If the 'dew point' is not/no longer reached, the sensor temperature stays
at/drops to the standby temperature, similar to the first stage heating.

Effect on the system


 Determines the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process
 Controls the smoke limit; where the measured exhaust gas oxygen
concentration is compared with a target value for smoke limitation.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in lower calculated soot
formation by the engine.
 Controls NOx emissions; determines whether the target Exhaust Gas
Recirculation is being achieved to control NOx emissions.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in higher calculated NOx
formation by the engine.
 Controls regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF). The soot particles
in the DPF are 'burned' using the oxygen present in the exhaust gas.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition The diagnostic runs after the engine run 5 min and Lambda value is more the 1.3
Set condition of fault code This diagnostic starts five minutes after the engine starts. The diagnostic runs
continuously.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 278 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F834 front view


D420 F834 Function
C21 5 Trimming resistor
C22 2 Ground, sensor element
C23 6 Signal, nernst sensor
C45 1 Signal, pump cell current
C46 3 Ground, heater element
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 279 | P a g e
4 Power supply, heater element
Technical data Component check, lambda sensor (F834)
Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on component connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element resistance
4 3 2.4–4.0 Ω
at 20°C [68°C]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element power supply with
4 Ground Ubat
ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Faulty wiring
 Faulty connector
 Faulty sensor
Additional information No Additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it
could damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF
position when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order
to reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1136a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1136b SRT


With the key OFF, disconnect the lambda sensor. Turn the key ON and navigate
through DAVIE to read errors:
 If fault is inactive – Proceed to step 3.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 280 | P a g e
 If fault is active – Proceed to step 4.

Step 3 Step ID 1136c SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the harness from the lambda sensor. Turn the key on and
measure the voltage between a battery ground and the supply terminal of the
lambda sensor circuit on the engine harness:
 If the voltage is acceptable – Replace the lambda sensor and reconnect the
harness and verify the fault as per verification drive cycle.
 If the voltage is not acceptable – Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1136d SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the engine harness from the PCI. Turn the key ON and
navigate through DAVIE to read errors:
 If fault is inactive – Replace the engine harness and verify the fault as per
verification drive cycle.
 If fault is active – Proceed to step 5.

Step 5 Step ID 1136e SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline possible)
and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce engine load
by turning the A/C and fan to ON.
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with a minimum speed
limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible with the engine speed between
1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in
three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5 miles is unachievable.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 281 | P a g e


P1137
Code number P1137
Fault code description Lambda sensor heater power supply - Incorrect
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Exhaust gas
Description of component(s) The lambda sensor measures the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gases after the
BPV valve.

Air/fuel ratio
The PCI ECU uses the measured oxygen concentration in the exhaust to determine
the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process.
Typical air/fuel ratios are 18 to 45. A high value indicates a high oxygen concentration
measured by the lambda sensor.
Sensor heater
The sensor has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature of
approximately 750°C [1382°F]. The PCI ECU controls the heater.
Sensor heating control
 The first stage starts when the ignition is keyed on.
The sensor is heated to a value at which any condensate evaporates from the
sensor.
 The second stage starts after the 'dew point' is reached.
The sensor is heated to its operating temperature of approximately 750°C
[1382°F]. The PCI ECU determines the 'dew point' by calculating how much
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 282 | P a g e
energy (heat by burning fuel in the engine) is pumped through the exhaust.
If the 'dew point' is not/no longer reached, the sensor temperature stays
at/drops to the standby temperature, similar to the first stage heating.

Effect on the system


 Determines the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process
 Controls the smoke limit; where the measured exhaust gas oxygen
concentration is compared with a target value for smoke limitation.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in lower calculated soot
formation by the engine.
 Controls NOx emissions; determines whether the target Exhaust Gas
Recirculation is being achieved to control NOx emissions.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in higher calculated NOx
formation by the engine.
 Controls regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF). The soot particles
in the DPF are 'burned' using the oxygen present in the exhaust gas.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the engine is running.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the power supply to control the lambda sensor
heater is less than 9V for more than 5 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair:
 Key the ignition off for at least 15 seconds, then key it on again. Then start
the engine and let it idle for 2 minutes, and;

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 283 | P a g e


 Drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F]. Once
the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a minimum
speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed
between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best
performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as
many engine power consumers on to produce engine load. Perform this test
for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile]
increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road,
if possible.
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 284 | P a g e


Wiring harness connector F834 front view
D420 F834 Function
C21 5 Trimming resistor
C22 2 Ground, sensor element
C23 6 Signal, nernst sensor
C45 1 Signal, pump cell current
C46 3 Ground, heater element
4 Power supply, heater element
Technical data Component check, lambda sensor (F834)
Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on component connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element resistance
4 3 2.4–4.0 Ω
at 20°C [68°C]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element power supply with
4 Ground Ubat
ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Power supply to the PCI ECU.
 Check the PCI power supply.
Additional information The PCI ECU uses the oxygen concentration in the exhaust, measured by the lambda
sensor (F834), to determine the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process. The sensor
has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature of
approximately 750°C [1382°F].

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 285 | P a g e


Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1137a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1137b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1137c SRT


Repair or replace appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-check for the
presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1137d SRT


Replace Lambda sensor and use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active
faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 1137e SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 286 | P a g e


Verification Drive Cycle To validate the repair:
 Key the ignition off for at least 15 seconds, then key it on again. Then start
the engine and let it idle for 2 minutes, and;
 Drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F]. Once
the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a minimum
speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed
between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best
performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as
many engine power consumers on to produce engine load. Perform this test
for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile]
increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road,
if possible.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 287 | P a g e


P1138
Code number P1138
Fault code description Lambda Sensor heater – Voltage too low or short circuit to ground on ECU D420 pin
C46
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Exhaust gas
Description of component(s) The lambda sensor measures the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gases after the
BPV valve.

Air/fuel ratio
The PCI ECU uses the measured oxygen concentration in the exhaust to determine
the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process.
Typical air/fuel ratios are 18 to 45. A high value indicates a high oxygen concentration
measured by the lambda sensor.
Sensor heater
The sensor has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature of
approximately 750°C [1382°F]. The PCI ECU controls the heater.
Sensor heating control
 The first stage starts when the ignition is keyed on.
The sensor is heated to a value at which any condensate evaporates from the
sensor.
 The second stage starts after the 'dew point' is reached.
The sensor is heated to its operating temperature of approximately 750°C
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 288 | P a g e
[1382°F]. The PCI ECU determines the 'dew point' by calculating how much
energy (heat by burning fuel in the engine) is pumped through the exhaust.
If the 'dew point' is not/no longer reached, the sensor temperature stays
at/drops to the standby temperature, similar to the first stage heating.

Effect on the system


 Determines the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process
 Controls the smoke limit; where the measured exhaust gas oxygen
concentration is compared with a target value for smoke limitation.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in lower calculated soot
formation by the engine.
 Controls NOx emissions; determines whether the target Exhaust Gas
Recirculation is being achieved to control NOx emissions.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in higher calculated NOx
formation by the engine.
 Controls regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF). The soot particles
in the DPF are 'burned' using the oxygen present in the exhaust gas.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Need to consider all active/inactive faults: one or multiple faults may have triggered
this fault
 when the engine speed is between 950 and 2000 rpm, and;
 when the engine is running at a steady load, and;
 when coolant temperature is above 50°C [122°F], and;
 the engine mode is SCR high efficiency or standard or protection;
 the lambda sensor (F834) is in the operating mode.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 289 | P a g e
Set condition of fault code The PCI-2 ECU detects that the time it takes to control the temperature is too long.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

Wiring harness connector F834 front view


D420 F834 Function
C21 5 Trimming resistor
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 290 | P a g e
C22 2 Ground, sensor element
C23 6 Signal, nernst sensor
C45 1 Signal, pump cell current
C46 3 Ground, heater element
4 Power supply, heater element
Technical data Component check, lambda sensor (F834)
Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on component connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element resistance
4 3 2.4–4.0 Ω
at 20°C [68°C]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element power supply with
4 Ground Ubat
ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Faulty wiring
 Faulty connector
 Faulty sensor
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.

Step 1 Step ID 1138a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins) and
harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the diagnostic

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 291 | P a g e


procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1138b SRT


With the key OFF, disconnect the lambda sensor. Turn the key ON and navigate
through DAVIE to read errors:
 If fault is inactive – Proceed to step 3.
 If fault is active – Proceed to step 4.

Step 3 Step ID 1138c SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the harness from the lambda sensor. Turn the key on and
measure the voltage between a battery ground and the supply terminal of the
lambda sensor circuit on the engine harness:
 If the voltage is acceptable – Replace the lambda sensor and reconnect the
harness and verify the fault as per verification drive cycle.
 If the voltage is not acceptable – Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1138d SRT


With key OFF, disconnect the engine harness from the PCI. Turn the key ON and
navigate through DAVIE to read errors:
 If fault is inactive – Replace the engine harness and verify the fault as per
verification drive cycle.
 If fault is active – Proceed to step 5.

Step 5 Step ID 1138e SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate the repair:
Drive the vehicle at a minimum speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear
possible with the engine speed between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise
control. This test is best performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is
unavailable, turn as many engine power consumers on to produce engine load.
Perform this test for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile]
increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road, if
possible.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 292 | P a g e


P1139
Code number P1139
Fault code description Lambda heater calibration test fault
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 293 | P a g e


P113A
Code number P113A
Fault code description Lambda sensor temperature – Unable to reach target temperature
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group - EGS heater
Freeze frame type - Exhaust gas
Description of component(s) The lambda sensor measures the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gases after the
BPV valve.

Air/fuel ratio
The PCI ECU uses the measured oxygen concentration in the exhaust to determine
the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process.
Typical air/fuel ratios are 18 to 45. A high value indicates a high oxygen concentration
measured by the lambda sensor.
Sensor heater
The sensor has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature of
approximately 750°C [1382°F]. The PCI ECU controls the heater.
Sensor heating control
 The first stage starts when the ignition is keyed on.
The sensor is heated to a value at which any condensate evaporates from the
sensor.
 The second stage starts after the 'dew point' is reached.
The sensor is heated to its operating temperature of approximately 750°C
[1382°F]. The PCI ECU determines the 'dew point' by calculating how much
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 294 | P a g e
energy (heat by burning fuel in the engine) is pumped through the exhaust.
If the 'dew point' is not/no longer reached, the sensor temperature stays
at/drops to the standby temperature, similar to the first stage heating.

Effect on the system


 Determines the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process
 Controls the smoke limit; where the measured exhaust gas oxygen
concentration is compared with a target value for smoke limitation.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in lower calculated soot
formation by the engine.
 Controls NOx emissions; determines whether the target Exhaust Gas
Recirculation is being achieved to control NOx emissions.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in higher calculated NOx
formation by the engine.
 Controls regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF). The soot particles
in the DPF are 'burned' using the oxygen present in the exhaust gas.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when the lambda sensor (F834) is in the operating mode.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the temperature of the lambda sensor:
 is not within the expected values within 25 seconds, or;
 exceeds a safe maximum value
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair:
 Key the ignition off for at least 15 seconds, then key it on again. Then start

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 295 | P a g e


the engine and let it idle for 2 minutes, and;
 Drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F]. Once
the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a minimum
speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed
between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best
performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as
many engine power consumers on to produce engine load. Perform this test
for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile]
increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road,
if possible.
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 296 | P a g e


Wiring harness connector F834 front view
D420 F834 Function
C21 5 Trimming resistor
C22 2 Ground, sensor element
C23 6 Signal, nernst sensor
C45 1 Signal, pump cell current
C46 3 Ground, heater element
4 Power supply, heater element
Technical data Component check, lambda sensor (F834)
Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on component connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element resistance
4 3 2.4–4.0 Ω
at 20°C [68°C]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element power supply with
4 Ground Ubat
ignition keyed on
Possible causes Faulty lambda sensor
Additional information The PCI ECU uses the oxygen concentration in the exhaust, measured by the lambda
sensor (F834), to determine the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process. The sensor
has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature of
approximately
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 297 | P a g e
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section in Rapido.

Step 1 Step ID 113A-a SRT


Test Drive to Confirm Fault
Perform the following pre-check steps to confirm this fault before continuing
troubleshooting:
 Use DAVIE to clear the existing active faults
 Take the truck for a 30 minute test drive
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 2 Step ID 113A-b SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins) and
harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the diagnostic
procedure. Proceed to step 3.

Step 3 Step ID 113A-c SRT


Replace Lambda sensor and use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 113A-d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline possible)
and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce engine load
by turning the A/C and fan to ON. With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed
to a road with a minimum speed limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible
with the engine speed between 1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this
cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5
miles is unachievable.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 298 | P a g e


P113B
Code number P113B
Fault code description Lambda sensor controller - Incorrect
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group - EGS heater
Freeze frame type - Exhaust gas
Description of component(s) The lambda sensor measures the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gases after the
BPV valve.

Air/fuel ratio
The PCI ECU uses the measured oxygen concentration in the exhaust to determine
the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process.
Typical air/fuel ratios are 18 to 45. A high value indicates a high oxygen concentration
measured by the lambda sensor.
Sensor heater
The sensor has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature of
approximately 750°C [1382°F]. The PCI ECU controls the heater.
Sensor heating control
 The first stage starts when the ignition is keyed on.
The sensor is heated to a value at which any condensate evaporates from the
sensor.
 The second stage starts after the 'dew point' is reached.
The sensor is heated to its operating temperature of approximately 750°C
[1382°F]. The PCI ECU determines the 'dew point' by calculating how much
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 299 | P a g e
energy (heat by burning fuel in the engine) is pumped through the exhaust.
If the 'dew point' is not/no longer reached, the sensor temperature stays
at/drops to the standby temperature, similar to the first stage heating.

Effect on the system


 Determines the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process
 Controls the smoke limit; where the measured exhaust gas oxygen
concentration is compared with a target value for smoke limitation.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in lower calculated soot
formation by the engine.
 Controls NOx emissions; determines whether the target Exhaust Gas
Recirculation is being achieved to control NOx emissions.
A higher measured oxygen concentration results in higher calculated NOx
formation by the engine.
 Controls regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF). The soot particles
in the DPF are 'burned' using the oxygen present in the exhaust gas.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the engine is running.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the lambda sensor heater controller inside the PCI
ECU is malfunctioning.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair:
 Key the ignition off for at least 15 seconds, then key it on again. Then start
the engine and let it idle for 2 minutes, and;

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 300 | P a g e


 Drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F]. Once
the minimum target temperature has been reached, proceed at a minimum
speed of 80 km/h [50 mph] in the highest gear possible with the engine speed
between 1100 and 1500 rpm and set the cruise control. This test is best
performed with a loaded vehicle/trailer, but if load is unavailable, turn as
many engine power consumers on to produce engine load. Perform this test
for roughly 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] or in 3 separate 1.5 km [1 mile]
increments if a steady 5 to 8 km [3 to 5 miles] is unachievable. Use a flat road,
if possible.
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.C front view

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 301 | P a g e


Wiring harness connector F834 front view
D420 F834 Function
C21 5 Trimming resistor
C22 2 Ground, sensor element
C23 6 Signal, nernst sensor
C45 1 Signal, pump cell current
C46 3 Ground, heater element
4 Power supply, heater element
Technical data Component check, lambda sensor (F834)
Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on component connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element resistance
4 3 2.4–4.0 Ω
at 20°C [68°C]

Component & circuit check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key the ignition off
 Disconnect connector F834
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F834
Pin Pin
Value Additional information
(+ probe) (- probe)
Heater element power supply with
4 Ground Ubat
ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Faulty lambda sensor
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected
Additional information  The PCI ECU uses the oxygen concentration in the exhaust, measured by the
lambda sensor (F834), to determine the air/fuel ratio of the combustion process.
The sensor has an integrated heater to maintain a sensor operating temperature
of approximately 750°C [1382°F].

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 302 | P a g e


Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.

Step 1 Step ID 113B-a SRT


Test Drive to Confirm Fault
Perform the following pre-check steps to confirm this fault before continuing
troubleshooting:
 Use DAVIE to clear the existing active faults
 Take the truck for a 30 minute test drive
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the next step in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 2 Step ID 113B-b SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins) and
harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the diagnostic
procedure. Proceed to step 3.

Step 3 Step ID 113B-c SRT


Replace Lambda sensor and use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 113B-d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair:
This cycle is best performed on a level grade road (least amount of incline possible)
and under load using a trailer. If a loaded trailer is unavailable, produce engine load
by turning the A/C and fan to ON. With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed
to a road with a minimum speed limit of 50 mph, then get to the highest gear possible
with the engine speed between 1100-1500 rpm, and set the cruise control. Run this

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 303 | P a g e


cycle for roughly 3 to 5 miles or in three separate 1-mile increments if a steady 3 to 5
miles is unachievable.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 304 | P a g e


P1158
Code number P1158
Fault code description Wheel speed, front axle, left - Data erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The wheel speed sensor is a type of tachometer, consisting of a toothed ring and
electrical pickup. It is a sender device used for reading the speed of a vehicle's wheel
rotation.

Location of component(s) The type of axle determines the sensor mounting location:
 Steering axle sensors are typically installed in the steering knuckle or in a
bolted-on bracket.
 Drive axle sensors are typically mounted on a block, attached to the axle
housing or in a bolted-on bracket.

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The ECU detects that the speed of the left-front axle wheel speed sensor is > 160 km/h
[99 mph].
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when a normal wheel speed is detected.
Electrical diagram(s) Refer to the OEM technical data for additional information.

Technical data Refer to the OEM technical data for additional information.

Possible causes Wheel speed sensor defect.


Additional information The vehicle was driven excessively fast or the wheel speed sensor is malfunctioning.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting or
disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of damage
to the components.

 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that supply power


and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.

 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process will


result in multiple errors.

 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are provided
in this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the technical data
sections in Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.

 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-
3 ECUs, and then run the Quick Check to identify a change in fault status.

 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper fault
isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence provided.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 305 | P a g e


Step 1 Wheel Speed Sensor Checks

Step 1A Visual inspection, connections and wiring, wheel speed sensor, front axle
left

Action
1. Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for any
of the following:
 Damaged or loose connectors
 Bent, broken, corroded or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connections
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected
 Batteries not fully charged, contacts are not tight
 The related sensor is not installed correctly or it is damaged
 The installed wheel and tire size is incorrect

Was there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No

Correct any issues found. If the wheel speed


sensor is found to be damaged or broken,
replace it.
Refer to step 3A to perform the corresponding
repair verification cycles and rechecks.

If this DTC is still present, go to step 2A Go to step 2A

Step 2 OEM Troubleshooting

Step 2A OEM troubleshooting

Action
1. Refer to the OEM technical data for related troubleshooting information.

Was an issue identified using the OEM troubleshooting?

Yes No

Correct any issues found. If the wheel Contact the PACCAR Engine Support
speed sensor is found to be damaged or Center for further assistance in
broken, replace it. diagnosing this issue.
Refer to step 3A to perform the

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 306 | P a g e


corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If all steps have been completed and this


DTC is still present, contact the PACCAR
Engine Support Center for further
assistance.

Step 3 Repair Verification

Step 3A Repair verification cycles


Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the DTC or
system being investigated.
Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Diagnostics,
Quick Check function to “Clear all” current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3
ECUs.

Action
1. Overrun
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with minimum
speed limit of 50 mph.
While remaining within the legally posted speed limit, get the truck in the
highest gear possible with the engine speed at a minimum of 1800 rpm.
Once the target engine speed has been reached, leave the truck in gear and
release the accelerator pedal, allowing the truck to coast until the engine
speed has reached 900 rpm. Perform this cycle 4 times.
 For Eaton Ultrashift transmissions, idle drop can only go to 1000
rpm
 For Alison Autoshift transmission, this test will not be able to be
conducted

Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

Yes No

Investigate and correct any


issues preventing these repair
verification cycles from being
completed, then re-run. For
additional assistance, contact
the PACCAR Engine Support
Center.

Go to step 3B

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 307 | P a g e


Step 3B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check, OBD Readiness Monitors

Action
Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs to determine
whether the actions taken have cleared this DTC.
1. Confirm that the corresponding OBD Monitor Readiness Status value is
displayed as “Ready.”
A status of Ready indicates that the corresponding OBD monitor has run
successfully and the problem has been resolved—no further action.
If the displayed status is “Not ready,” continue to action step 2.
2. View the DTC overview display, and confirm that P1158 has been cleared.

Is the related OBD Monitor Readiness Status set to “Ready.” Or, has P1158 been
cleared?

Yes No
Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in this
troubleshooting procedure.
If all steps have been completed and this
DTC is still present:
 continue to operate the truck to
extend the run time, allowing
the corresponding OBD monitor
sufficient time to complete
 or, return to step 3A and
perform this repair verification
again.
If this issue is still present after
extending or re-running the repair
verification, contact the PACCAR Engine
Support Center for further assistance.

Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Center

For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 308 | P a g e


P1159
Code number P1159
Fault code description Wheel speed , front axle , right – Data erratic , intermittent or incorrect
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The wheel speed sensor is a type of tachometer, consisting of a toothed ring and
electrical pickup. It is a sender device used for reading the speed of a vehicle's wheel
rotation.

Location of component(s) The type of axle determines the sensor mounting location:
 Steering axle sensors are typically installed in the steering knuckle or in a
bolted-on bracket.
 Drive axle sensors are typically mounted on a block, attached to the axle
housing or in a bolted-on bracket.

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The ECU detects that the speed of the right-front axle wheel speed sensor is > 160
km/h [99 mph].
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when a normal wheel speed is detected.
Electrical diagram(s) Refer to the OEM technical data for additional information.

Technical data Refer to the OEM technical data for additional information.

Possible causes Wheel speed sensor defect.


Additional information The vehicle was driven excessively fast or the wheel speed sensor is malfunctioning.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting or
disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of
damage to the components.

 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that supply


power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.

 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process will


result in multiple errors.

 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are provided
in this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the technical data
sections in Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.

 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and
EAS-3 ECUs, and then run the Quick Check to identify a change in fault
status.

 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper fault

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 309 | P a g e


isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence provided.

Step 1 Wheel Speed Sensor Checks

Step 1A Visual inspection, connections and wiring, wheel speed sensor, front
axle, right

Action
1. Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for any
of the following:
 Damaged or loose connectors
 Bent, broken, corroded or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connections
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected
 Batteries not fully charged, contacts are not tight
 The related sensor is not installed correctly or it is damaged
 The installed wheel and tire size is incorrect

Was there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No

Correct any issues found. If the wheel


speed sensor is found to be damaged or
broken, replace it.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If this DTC is still present, go to step 2A Go to step 2A

Step 2 OEM Troubleshooting

Step 2A OEM troubleshooting

Action
1. Refer to the OEM technical data for related troubleshooting information.

Was an issue identified using the OEM troubleshooting?

Yes No

Correct any issues found. If the wheel Contact the PACCAR Engine Support
speed sensor is found to be damaged or Center for further assistance in
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 310 | P a g e
broken, replace it. diagnosing this issue.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If all steps have been completed and


this DTC is still present, contact the
PACCAR Engine Support Center for
further assistance.

Step 3 Repair Verification

Step 3A Repair verification cycles

Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the DTC or
system being investigated.
Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Diagnostics,
Quick Check function to “Clear all” current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3
ECUs.

Action
1. Overrun
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with
minimum speed limit of 50 mph.
While remaining within the legally posted speed limit, get the truck in the
highest gear possible with the engine speed at a minimum of 1800 rpm.
Once the target engine speed has been reached, leave the truck in gear
and release the accelerator pedal, allowing the truck to coast until the
engine speed has reached 900 rpm. Perform this cycle 4 times.
 For Eaton Ultrashift transmissions, idle drop can only go to 1000
rpm
 For Alison Autoshift transmission, this test will not be able to be
conducted

Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

Yes No

Investigate and correct any issues


preventing these repair verification
cycles from being completed, then re-
run. For additional assistance, contact
the PACCAR Engine Support Center.

Go to step 3B

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 311 | P a g e


Step 3B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check, OBD Readiness Monitors

Action
Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs to determine
whether the actions taken have cleared this DTC.
1. Confirm that the corresponding OBD Monitor Readiness Status value is
displayed as “Ready.”
A status of Ready indicates that the corresponding OBD monitor has run
successfully and the problem has been resolved—no further action.
If the displayed status is “Not ready,” continue to action step 2.
2. View the DTC overview display, and confirm that P1159 has been cleared.

Is the related OBD Monitor Readiness Status set to “Ready.” Or, has P1159 been
cleared?

Yes No
Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in
this troubleshooting procedure.
If all steps have been completed
and this DTC is still present:
 continue to operate the
truck to extend the run
time, allowing the
corresponding OBD
monitor sufficient time
to complete
 or, return to step 3A and
perform this repair
verification again.
If this issue is still present after
extending or re-running the
repair verification, contact the
PACCAR Engine Support Center
for further assistance.

Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Center

For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 312 | P a g e


P1160
Code number P1160
Fault code description Wheel speed, rear axle, left – Data erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The wheel speed sensor is a type of tachometer, consisting of a toothed ring and
electrical pickup. It is a sender device used for reading the speed of a vehicle's wheel
rotation.

Location of component(s) The type of axle determines the sensor mounting location:
 Steering axle sensors are typically installed in the steering knuckle or in a
bolted-on bracket.
 Drive axle sensors are typically mounted on a block, attached to the axle
housing or in a bolted-on bracket.

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The ECU detects that the speed of the left-rear axle wheel speed sensor is > 160
km/h [99 mph].
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when a normal wheel speed is detected.
Electrical diagram(s) Refer to the OEM technical data for additional information.

Technical data Refer to the OEM technical data for additional information.

Possible causes Wheel speed sensor defect.


Additional information The vehicle was driven excessively fast or the wheel speed sensor is malfunctioning.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting or
disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of
damage to the components.

 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that supply


power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.

 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process will


result in multiple errors.

 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are provided
in this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the technical data
sections in Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.

 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and
EAS-3 ECUs, and then run the Quick Check to identify a change in fault
status.

 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper fault

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 313 | P a g e


isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence provided.

Step 1 Wheel Speed Sensor Checks

Step 1A Visual inspection, connections and wiring, wheel speed sensor, rear
axle, left

Action
1. Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for any
of the following:
 Damaged or loose connectors
 Bent, broken, corroded or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connections
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected
 Batteries not fully charged, contacts are not tight
 The related sensor is not installed correctly or it is damaged
 The installed wheel and tire size is incorrect

Was there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No

Correct any issues found. If the wheel


speed sensor is found to be damaged or
broken, replace it.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If this DTC is still present, go to step 2A Go to step 2A

Step 2 OEM Troubleshooting

Step 2A OEM troubleshooting

Action
1. Refer to the OEM technical data for related troubleshooting information.

Was an issue identified using the OEM troubleshooting?

Yes No

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 314 | P a g e


Correct any issues found. If the wheel Contact the PACCAR Engine Support
speed sensor is found to be damaged or Center for further assistance in
broken, replace it. diagnosing this issue.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If all steps have been completed and


this DTC is still present, contact the
PACCAR Engine Support Center for
further assistance.

Step 3 Repair Verification

Step 3A Repair verification cycles


Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the DTC or
system being investigated.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE


Diagnostics, Quick Check function to “Clear all” current DTCs from the
PCI and EAS-3 ECUs.

Action
1. Overrun
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with
minimum speed limit of 50 mph.

While remaining within the legally posted speed limit, get the truck in the
highest gear possible with the engine speed at a minimum of 1800 rpm.
Once the target engine speed has been reached, leave the truck in gear
and release the accelerator pedal, allowing the truck to coast until the
engine speed has reached 900 rpm. Perform this cycle 4 times.

 For Eaton Ultrashift transmissions, idle drop can only go to 1000


rpm
 For Alison Autoshift transmission, this test will not be able to be
conducted

Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

Yes No

Investigate and correct any


issues preventing these repair

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 315 | P a g e


verification cycles from being
completed, then re-run. For
additional assistance, contact
the PACCAR Engine Support
Center.

Go to step 3B

Step 3B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check, OBD Readiness Monitors

Action
Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs to determine
whether the actions taken have cleared this DTC.

1. Confirm that the corresponding OBD Monitor Readiness Status value is


displayed as “Ready.”
A status of Ready indicates that the corresponding OBD monitor has run
successfully and the problem has been resolved—no further action.

If the displayed status is “Not ready,” continue to action step 2.

2. View the DTC overview display, and confirm that P1160 has been cleared.

Is the related OBD Monitor Readiness Status set to “Ready.” Or, has P1160 been
cleared?

Yes No

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 316 | P a g e


Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in this
troubleshooting procedure.

If all steps have been completed and this


DTC is still present:

 continue to operate the truck to


extend the run time, allowing the
corresponding OBD monitor
sufficient time to complete
 or, return to step 3A and perform
this repair verification again.
If this issue is still present after extending
or re-running the repair verification,
contact the PACCAR Engine Support
Center for further assistance.

Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Center

For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 317 | P a g e


P1161
Code number P1161
Fault code description Wheel speed, rear axle, right – Data erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The wheel speed sensor is a type of tachometer, consisting of a toothed ring and
electrical pickup. It is a sender device used for reading the speed of a vehicle's wheel
rotation.

Location of component(s) The type of axle determines the sensor mounting location:
 Steering axle sensors are typically installed in the steering knuckle or in a
bolted-on bracket.
 Drive axle sensors are typically mounted on a block, attached to the axle
housing or in a bolted-on bracket.

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The ECU detects that the speed of the right-rear axle wheel speed sensor is > 160
km/h [99 mph].
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when a normal wheel speed is detected.
Electrical diagram(s) Refer to the OEM technical data for additional information.

Technical data Refer to the OEM technical data for additional information.

Possible causes Wheel speed sensor defect.


Additional information The vehicle was driven excessively fast or the wheel speed sensor is malfunctioning.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
The ignition should always be in the OFF position when connecting or
disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood of
damage to the components.

 This troubleshooting procedure is based on the assumption that supply


power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.

 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process will


result in multiple errors.

 Specific electrical component information and pin out locations are provided
in this procedure as a reference only. Always refer to the technical data
sections in Rapido for the most up-to-date changes.

 It is necessary to use DAVIE to clear all current DTCs from the PCI and
EAS-3 ECUs, and then run the Quick Check to identify a change in fault
status.

 This DTC can be set as a result of multiple failure modes. For proper fault

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 318 | P a g e


isolation, complete all troubleshooting steps in the sequence provided.

Step 1 Wheel Speed Sensor Checks

Step 1A Visual inspection, connections and wiring, wheel speed sensor, rear
axle, right

Action
1. Visually inspect the associated component connections and wiring for any
of the following:
 Damaged or loose connectors
 Bent, broken, corroded or loose connector pins
 Moisture or dirt in the connections
 Damage to the wire harness or insulation
 ECU connections are damaged or disconnected
 Batteries not fully charged, contacts are not tight
 The related sensor is not installed correctly or it is damaged
 The installed wheel and tire size is incorrect

Was there evidence of any of the above?

Yes No

Correct any issues found. If the wheel


speed sensor is found to be damaged or
broken, replace it.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If this DTC is still present, go to step 2A Go to step 2A

Step 2 OEM Troubleshooting

Step 2A OEM troubleshooting

Action
1. Refer to the OEM technical data for related troubleshooting information.

Was an issue identified using the OEM troubleshooting?

Yes No

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 319 | P a g e


Correct any issues found. If the wheel Contact the PACCAR Engine Support
speed sensor is found to be damaged or Center for further assistance in
broken, replace it. diagnosing this issue.
Refer to step 3A to perform the
corresponding repair verification cycles
and rechecks.

If all steps have been completed and


this DTC is still present, contact the
PACCAR Engine Support Center for
further assistance.

Step 3 Repair Verification

Step 3A Repair verification cycles


Perform these repair verification cycles following any corrective actions taken, to
enable related OBD monitors to reach a readiness state associated with the DTC or
system being investigated.

Before beginning these repair verification cycles, use the DAVIE Diagnostics,
Quick Check function to “Clear all” current DTCs from the PCI and EAS-3
ECUs.

Action
1. Overrun
With the System Initiation cycle complete, proceed to a road with
minimum speed limit of 50 mph.

While remaining within the legally posted speed limit, get the truck in the
highest gear possible with the engine speed at a minimum of 1800 rpm.
Once the target engine speed has been reached, leave the truck in gear
and release the accelerator pedal, allowing the truck to coast until the
engine speed has reached 900 rpm. Perform this cycle 4 times.

 For Eaton Ultrashift transmissions, idle drop can only go to 1000


rpm
 For Alison Autoshift transmission, this test will not be able to be
conducted

Were the identified repair verification cycles able to be completed?

Yes No

Investigate and correct any issues


preventing these repair verification

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 320 | P a g e


cycles from being completed, then re-
run. For additional assistance, contact
the PACCAR Engine Support Center.

Go to step 3B

Step 3B DAVIE Diagnostics, Quick Check, OBD Readiness Monitors

Action
Use DAVIE Diagnostics to perform a Quick Check for current DTCs to determine
whether the actions taken have cleared this DTC.

1. Confirm that the corresponding OBD Monitor Readiness Status value is


displayed as “Ready.”
A status of Ready indicates that the corresponding OBD monitor has run
successfully and the problem has been resolved—no further action.

If the displayed status is “Not ready,” continue to action step 2.

2. View the DTC overview display, and confirm that P1161 has been cleared.

Is the related OBD Monitor Readiness Status set to “Ready.” Or, has P1161 been
cleared?

Yes No
Problem resolved. No further actions. Continue with the next step in this
troubleshooting procedure.

If all steps have been completed and


this DTC is still present:

 continue to operate the truck to


extend the run time, allowing
the corresponding OBD monitor
sufficient time to complete
 or, return to step 3A and
perform this repair verification
again.
If this issue is still present after
extending or re-running the repair
verification, contact the PACCAR Engine
Support Center for further assistance.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 321 | P a g e


Contacting the PACCAR Engine Support Center

For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center.

Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 322 | P a g e


P1163
Code number P1163
Fault code description CAN communication - Message (TCO1) out of range - vehicle speed from transmission
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Generic
Description of component(s) This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Location of component(s) This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive as soon as the error is no longer detected.
Electrical diagram(s)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 323 | P a g e


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 324 | P a g e
Technical data This code relates to a communication issue and not to a specific component.
Possible causes  Breakdown in communication in the CAN network.
 Interruption, short circuit to ground, or short circuit to supply in the CAN network
wiring.
Additional information No additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1163a SRT


Visual Inspection
OFF the ignition key, disconnect the connector from component and ECU.
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
damage to wire harness, sign of exhaust leaks during each step of the diagnostic

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 325 | P a g e


procedure.
Was there evidence of any of the above?
 No: Proceed to step 2.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, Proceed to step 2

Step 2 Step ID 1163b SRT


Data check
 Lookup the technical data of the specific system
 Perform the checking data test of the specific component
Is test pass?
 No: Proceed to step 3
 Yes : Proceed to step4

Step 3 Step ID 1163c SRT


Repair or replace component
 Repair or replace the component, also check for electrical connection and
wiring harness.
 Reconnect the connector
 ON the ignition key
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults:
 Is DTC fault active: Proceed to step 4
 Is DTC fault inactive: Issue resolved. Clear inactive fault.

Step 4 Step ID 1163d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
With the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2 minutes.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 326 | P a g e


P1167
Code number P1167
Fault code description Fuel temperature - Data valid but too high, least severe
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Fuel
Description of component(s) The fuel temperature is measured in the low-pressure fuel supply gallery between the
common rail pump units.
Effect on the system:
 Preventing automatic fuel module water draining activation when the fuel
temperature is very low (the water present may be frozen).
 Limitation of the engine torque when the fuel temperature is too high.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the ignition is on.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the fuel temperature is more than 92°C [198°F] for
more than 300 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, key off the ignition for at least 15 seconds, key on again. Then start the engine
and let it idle for more than 300 seconds.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 327 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector F803 front view


D420 PCI ECU
F803 fuel temperature sensor3

D420 F803 Function


A42 1 Signal, fuel temperature
A60 3 Ground
Technical data Component check, fuel temperature sensor (F803)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F803
 Measure on component connector F803

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 328 | P a g e


Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 3 5633–6120 Ω Resistance value at 0°C [34°F]
2411–2573 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
1128–1213 Ω Resistance value at 40°C [104°F]
568–619 Ω Resistance value at 60°C [140°F]
306–337 Ω Resistance value at 80°C [176°F]
176–196 Ω Resistance value at 100°C [212°F]

Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
• Key off the ignition.
• Disconnect connector F803
• Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F803
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 3 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes  Restrictions in the fuel to tank return circuit or faulty fuel pressure regulating
valve.
 Check the fuel pressure according to the prescribed job.
 Excessive dumping of fuel from the common rail through common rail pressure
release valve (L094).
Additional information The low-pressure fuel temperature is measured by the fuel temperature sensor
(F803).
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1167a SRT


Verify fuel level.
Verify that the fuel level is within normal range. Low fuel in a high ambient
temperature can cause high fuel temperatures. Is fuel below the normal range
and is the ambient temperature high?
 Yes – Add fuel. Proceed to step 2.
 No – Proceed to step 2.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 329 | P a g e


Step 2 Step ID 1167b SRT
Check for fault codes
Use DAVIE to find any other active fuel temperature fault codes. Are there other
active fuel temperature fault codes?
 Yes – Proceed to the other active fuel temperature fault codes.
 No – Proceed to step 3.

Step 3 Step ID 1167c SRT


Validation
 Turn the key switch ON.
 Drive the truck under conditions similar to those that caused the fault
code.
 Use DAVIE to view the active fault codes.
Is P1167 still active?
 Yes – Contact the Engine Support Center (ESC).
 No – The repair is complete.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, drive the truck under normal conditions until the coolant
temperature reaches a minimum of 150°F. This cycle can be conducted with a
loaded trailer or bobtail.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 330 | P a g e


P1168
Code number P1168
Fault code description Fuel temperature - Data valid but too high, moderately severe
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Fuel
Description of component(s) The fuel temperature is measured in the low-pressure fuel supply gallery between the
common rail pump units.
Effect on the system:
 preventing automatic fuel module water draining activation when the fuel
temperature is very low (the water present may be frozen).
 limitation of the engine torque when the fuel temperature is too high.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when the engine is running for more than 200 seconds.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the fuel temperature is more than 95°C [203°F] for
more than 300 seconds.
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, key off the ignition for at least 15 seconds, key on again. Then start the engine
and let it idle for more than 300 seconds.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 331 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector F803 front view

D420 F803 Function


A42 1 Signal, fuel temperature
A60 3 Ground
Technical data Component check, fuel temperature sensor (F803)
Preparation
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 332 | P a g e
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F803
 Measure on component connector F803
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 3 5633–6120 Ω Resistance value at 0°C [34°F]
1 3 2411–2573 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
1 3 1128–1213 Ω Resistance value at 40°C [104°F]
1 3 568–619 Ω Resistance value at 60°C [140°F]
1 3 306–337 Ω Resistance value at 80°C [176°F]
1 3 176–196 Ω Resistance value at 100°C [212°F]

Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F803
 Measure on component connector F803
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 3 5V Ignition
Possible causes  Restriction in the fuel to tank return circuit or faulty fuel pressure regulating
valve.
Check the fuel pressure according to the prescribed job.
 Excessive dumping of fuel from the common rail through the common rail
pressure release valve (L094).
Additional information  The low-pressure fuel temperature is measured by the fuel temperature sensor
(F803).
 Engine torque is reduced with this DTC active.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it
could damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF
position when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in
order to reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues
may be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes.
Refer to the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1168a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 333 | P a g e


Step 2 Step ID 1168b SRT
Verify that the fuel level is within normal range. Low fuel in a high ambient
temperature can cause high fuel temperatures.
Is fuel below the normal range and is the ambient temperature high?
 Yes – Add fuel. Proceed to step 3.
 No – Proceed to step 3.

Step 3 Step ID 1168c SRT


Does the fuel pressure pass these tests?
 Yes – Proceed to step 4.
 No – Repair as needed. Proceed to the validation step.

Step 4 Step ID 1168d SRT


Troubleshooting steps
 Drive the truck under conditions similar to those that caused the fault
code.
 Stop the truck.
 Use DAVIE to view the fuel temperature.
 A passing fuel blender temperature is 100 to 125°F.
 A failing fuel blender temperature is above 160°F.
 A passing fuel blender bypassed fuel is 80 to 100°F.
Is the fuel blender temperature above 160°F?
 Yes – Replace the fuel blender. Proceed to step 4.
 No – Contact Engine Support Center (ESC).

Step 5 Step ID 1168e SRT


Troubleshooting steps
 Turn the key switch OFF.
 Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor.
 Inspect the fuel temperature sensor connector/harness interface for:
 corroded or dirty pins,
 damaged pins,
 pushed back or expanded pins,
 loose connector,
 moisture in or on the connector,
 connector shell damage,
 missing or damaged connector seals and/or
 wire insulation damage.
Has dirt or damage been found?
 Yes – Clean, repair or replace the damaged connection or harness if
possible. Proceed to step 5.
 No – Proceed to step 5.

Step 6 Step ID 1168f SRT


Troubleshooting steps
 Turn the key switch OFF.
 Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 334 | P a g e


 Pin the power supply leg.
 If voltage is 4.8 V to 5.2 V – Pass. Proceed to step 6.
 If voltage is lower than 4.8 V or higher than 5.2 V – Fail. Repair/replace
harness as needed, then retest. Proceed to step 6.

Step 7 Step ID 1168g SRT


Troubleshooting steps
 Turn the key switch OFF.
 Disconnect the fuel sensor.
 Place a jumper wire between the power supply and harness at the sensor
connector.
 Pin the return leg of the circuit.
 If voltage is 4.8 V to 5.2 V – Pass. Proceed to step 7.
 If voltage is lower than 4.8 V or higher than 5.2 V – Fail. Repair/replace
harness on signal return leg, as needed, then retest. Proceed to step 7

Step 8 Step ID 1168h SRT


Troubleshooting steps
 Turn the key switch OFF.
 Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor.
 Pin the sensor signal pin to the chassis ground.
Does the ohmmeter indicate that there is continuity between the sensor signal
pin and the chassis ground?
 Yes – Repair/replace the grounded portion of the circuit on the return leg,
as needed, then retest. Proceed to step 7.
 No – Proceed to step 8.

Step 9 Step ID 1168i SRT


Troubleshooting steps
 Turn the key switch ON.
 Drive the truck under conditions similar to those that caused the fault
code.
 Use DAVIE to view the active fault codes.
Is P1168 still active?
 Yes – Contact the Engine Support Center (ESC). Proceed to step 10.
 No – The repair is complete.

Step 10 Step ID 1168j SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To verify the repairs, drive the vehicle with the brakes set, start the engine and allow
it to run at idle for 2 minutes.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 335 | P a g e


P1180
Code number P1180
Fault code description Fuel temperature - Data valid but too high, moderately severe
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Fuel
Description of component(s) The fuel temperature is measured in the low-pressure fuel supply gallery between the
common rail pump units.
Effect on the system:
 Preventing automatic fuel module water draining activation when the fuel
temperature is very low (the water present may be frozen).
 Limitation of the engine torque when the fuel temperature is too high.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the engine is running.
Set condition of fault code

P fuel pressure in bar


Rpm- Engine speed in rpm

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 336 | P a g e


P fuel pressure in psi
Rpm- Engine speed in rpm
The PCI ECU (D420) detects that:
 fuel temperature is more than 95°C [203°F], and
 fuel pressure is too low (gray area of the graph), and
 ambient temperature is more than 45°C [113°F], and
 fuel tank level is low
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, key off the ignition for at least 15 seconds, key on again. Then start the engine
and operate it at several engine speeds
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 337 | P a g e


Wiring harness connector F803 front view
D420PCI ECU
F803fuel temperature sensor3

D420 F803 Function


A42 1 Signal, fuel temperature
A60 3 Ground
Technical data Component check, fuel temperature sensor (F803)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F803
 Measure on component connector F803
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 3 5633–6120 Ω Resistance value at 0°C [34°F]
2411–2573 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
1128–1213 Ω Resistance value at 40°C [104°F]
568–619 Ω Resistance value at 60°C [140°F]
306–337 Ω Resistance value at 80°C [176°F]
176–196 Ω Resistance value at 100°C [212°F]

Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F803
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F803
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 3 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes Fuel is hot due to low fuel tank level and high ambient temperatures.
Additional information  The low-pressure fuel pressure is measured by the fuel pressure sensor (F801).
 The low-pressure fuel temperature is measured by the fuel temperature sensor
(F803).
 Engine torque is reduced.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 338 | P a g e
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1180a SRT


Verify fuel level.
Verify that the fuel level is within normal range. Low fuel in a high ambient
temperature can cause high fuel temperatures. Is fuel below 5% and is the
ambient temperature high?
 Yes – Add fuel. Proceed to other fault codes.
 No – Proceed to other fault codes.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, drive the truck under normal conditions until the coolant
temperature reaches a minimum of 150°F. This cycle can be conducted with a loaded
trailer or bobtail.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 339 | P a g e


P1191
Code number P1191
Fault code description Fuel filter – Clogged
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Fuel
Description of component(s)

The fuel filter filters dirt out of the fuel.


The fuel enters via connection (1) and is forced through the filter element (2). There is
a central tube (3) in the filter element. The filtered fuel flows to the fuel filter holder.
There is an orifice in the screw on the fuel filter holder to bleed the air out of the
system (filter).
Open the screw to bleed air out of the system.
Location of component(s) Not available/required for this code
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the engine is running.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that:
 fuel temperature is more than 95°C [203°F] and
 fuel pressure is too low (gray area of the graph)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 340 | P a g e


P Fuel pressure in bar
rpm Engine speed in rpm

P Fuel pressure in psi


rpm Engine speed in rpm
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, key off the ignition for at least 15 seconds, key on again. Then start the engine
and operate it at several engine speeds.
Electrical diagram(s) Not available/required for this code
Technical data Not available/required for this code
Possible causes Clogged fuel filter
Additional information  The low-pressure fuel pressure is measured by the fuel pressure sensor (F801).
 The low-pressure fuel temperature is measured by the fuel temperature sensor
(F803).
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the
likelihood of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 341 | P a g e


 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the
'possible causes' section in Rapido.

Step 1 Step ID 1191a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins) and
harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the diagnostic
procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1191b SRT


Check fuel supply line for leakage and blockage:
Repair or replace the supply line and use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of
active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active – Proceed to step 3

Step 3 Step ID 1191c SRT


Replace: Fuel filter
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active – Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1191d SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate the repair, key off the ignition for at least 15 seconds, key on again. Then
start the engine and operate it at several engine speeds.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 342 | P a g e


P1194
Code number P1194
Fault code description Fuel filter - Very clogged
Fault code information 3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Fuel
Description of component(s)

The fuel filter filters dirt out of the fuel.


The fuel enters via connection (1) and is forced through the filter element (2). There is
a central tube (3) in the filter element. The filtered fuel flows to the fuel filter holder.
There is an orifice in the screw on the fuel filter holder to bleed the air out of the
system (filter).
Open the screw to bleed air out of the system.
Location of component(s) Not available/required for this code
Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs continuously when the engine is running.
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that:
 fuel temperature is more than 95°C [203°F], and
 fuel pressure is too low (gray area of the graph).

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 343 | P a g e


P Fuel pressure in bar
rpm Engine speed in rpm

P Fuel pressure in psi


rpm Engine speed in rpm
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, key off the ignition for at least 15 seconds, key on again. Then start the engine
and operate it at several engine speeds.
Electrical diagram(s) Not available/required for this code
Technical data Not available/required for this code
Possible causes Very clogged fuel filter.
Additional information  The low-pressure fuel pressure is measured by the fuel pressure sensor (F801).
 The low-pressure fuel temperature is measured by the fuel temperature sensor
(F803).
 Engine torque is reduced.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical control
units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could damage
the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position when
connecting or disconnecting electrical components to reduce the likelihood
of damage to electrical components
 This troubleshooting tree is based on the assumption that supply
power and ground to the PCI are functioning properly.
 Disconnecting the PCI connectors during the troubleshooting process
will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 344 | P a g e


always refer to the technical data in Rapido.
 It is necessary to exit the 'active errors' screen in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify changes in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive codes. Refer to the 'possible
causes' section in Rapido.

Step 1 Step ID 1194a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins) and
harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the diagnostic
procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1194b SRT


Check fuel supply line for leakage and blockage:
Repair or replace the supply line and use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of
active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active – Proceed to step 3

Step 3 Step ID 1194c SRT


Replace: Fuel filter
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active – Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1194d SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate the repair, key off the ignition for at least 15 seconds, key on again. Then
start the engine and operate it at several engine speeds.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 345 | P a g e


P1195
Code number P1195
Fault code description Engine rail pressure - Data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect at ignition on
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Fuel
Description of component(s) The rail pressure is measured in the common rail.
The rail pressure sensor is part of the common rail and is not interchangeable as a
separate part.
Effect on the system:
 feedback on the rail pressure control.
The rail pressure is closed-loop controlled. A comparison is made between the
rail pressure demands determined by the ECU and the rail pressure feedback
measured by the common rail pressure sensor.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when:


 engine is not running, and;
 the ignition is keyed on after it has been off for more than 200 seconds, and;
 fuel temperature is more than 0°C [32°F]
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the actual rail pressure is more than 245 bar [3553
psi].
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F] in
normal driving conditions. This activity can be best conducted with a loaded
vehicle/trailer.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 346 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector F854 front view


D420 PCI ECU
F854 engine rail pressure sensor

D420 F854 Function


A44 2 Ground
A48 3 Power supply
A52 1 Signal, common rail pressure
Technical data Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)
Preparation
• Key off the ignition.
• Disconnect connector F854

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 347 | P a g e


• Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F854
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 2 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes Common rail pressure sensor deviation
Additional information  For this diagnostic, the actual rail pressure is monitored when the engine is not
running.
 The rail pressure is measured in the common rail by the common rail pressure
sensor (F854).
 Engine torque is reduced.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1195a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1195b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1195c SRT


Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements and use DAVIE to re-
check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 348 | P a g e


Step 4 Step ID 1195d SRT
Replace: Common Rail Pressure sensor (Common Rail)
Replace the Common Rail assembly, which includes the Common Rail Pressure
sensor.
NOTE: The entire Common Rail must be replaced. The Common Rail Pressure
sensor is a non-serviceable part and cannot be replaced or repaired separately.
Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center to confirm replacement of the
Common Rail assembly.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 If this related fault is still active, proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 1195e SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 349 | P a g e


P1196
Code number P1196
Fault code description Engine rail pressure - Data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect at ignition on
Fault code information 2 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Fuel
Description of component(s) The rail pressure is measured in the common rail.
The rail pressure sensor is part of the common rail and is not interchangeable as a
separate part.
Effect on the system:
 feedback on the rail pressure control.
The rail pressure is closed-loop controlled. A comparison is made between the rail
pressure demands determined by the ECU and the rail pressure feedback
measured by the common rail pressure sensor.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when:


 engine is not running, and;
 the ignition is keyed on after it has been off for more than 200 seconds, and;
 fuel temperature is more than 0°C [32°F]
Set condition of fault code The PCI ECU (D420) detects that the actual rail pressure is more than 140 bar [2030
psi].
Reset condition of fault code This DTC changes to inactive when the fault is no longer detected. To validate the
repair, drive the vehicle until the coolant temperature is at least 70°C [158°F] in
normal driving conditions. This activity can be best conducted with a loaded
vehicle/trailer.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 350 | P a g e
Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector F854 front view

D420 PCI ECU


F854 engine rail pressure sensor

D420 F854 Function


A44 2 Ground
A48 3 Power supply

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 351 | P a g e


A52 1 Signal, common rail pressure
Technical data Component & wiring check, ECU (D420)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition.
 Disconnect connector F854
 Measure on the front side of wiring harness connector F854
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 2 5V Ignition keyed on
Possible causes Common rail pressure sensor deviation
Additional information  For this diagnostic, the actual rail pressure is monitored when the engine is not
running.
 The rail pressure is measured in the common rail by the common rail pressure
sensor (F854).
 Engine torque is reduced.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1196a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1196b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1196c SRT


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 352 | P a g e
Repair or replace Common Rail assembly, which includes the Common Rail
Pressure sensor, and use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1196d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, start the engine and allow it to run at idle for 2
minutes.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 353 | P a g e


P1201
Code number P1201
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 - Current too low or open circuit on ECU D420 pin
A2
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition The diagnostic runs continuously with the ignition on.
Set condition of fault code This condition will be set if Current in Needle control valve is less than 4.5A.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 354 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 355 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


Preparation
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 356 | P a g e
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]
Possible causes  Faulty sensor
 Faulty connector
 Faulty wiring
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 357 | P a g e


Step 1 Step ID 1201a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1201b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1201c SRT


Repair or replace ‘Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 1’ and use DAVIE to re-check
for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1201d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 358 | P a g e


P1202
Code number P1202
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 - Short circuit between ECU D420 pin A1 and A2
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.

Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.

Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Diagnostic condition is set when Power stage hardware is active
Set condition of fault code  If High side voltage on the injector (before injection) compared to battery voltage
is less than the threshold value 20.00% and greater than the threshold value
80.00% then the condition is set
 If Current passing through the sensor resistor is greater than the threshold value
25A then the condition is set
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 359 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 360 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
Resistance value at 20°C
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω
[68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
Resistance value at 20°C
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω
[68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]
Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
Resistance value at 20°C
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω
[68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 361 | P a g e


Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it
could damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF
position when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in
order to reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may be
the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to the

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 362 | P a g e


'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1202a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1202b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1202c SRT


Repair or replace appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-check for the
presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1202d SRT


Replace the identified faulty component (Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 1) and
use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 1202e SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 363 | P a g e


P1203
Code number P1203
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 - Voltage too low or short circuit to ground on ECU
D420 pin A2
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Diagnostic condition is set when Power stage hardware is active
Set condition of fault code  If High side voltage on the injector (before injection) compared to battery voltage
is less than the threshold value 20.00% then the condition is set.
 If Current through sense resistor on driver bank A is less than the threshold value
4.50A then the condition is set.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 364 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 365 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 366 | P a g e


 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it
could damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF
position when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order
to reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1203a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 367 | P a g e


Step 2 Step ID 1203b SRT
Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1203c SRT


Repair or replace appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-check for the
presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1203d SRT


Replace the identified faulty component (Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 1) and
use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 1203e SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 368 | P a g e


P1204
Code number P1204
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 - Voltage too high or short circuit to supply on ECU
D420 pin A2
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.

Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs whenever the engine is running at idle or higher RPM. This code
will set If the voltage on the ground wire for the injector exceeds 9.6 volts during
when the injector is commanded on while the engine is running.
Set condition of fault code This condition is set when
 High side voltage on the injector (before injection) compared to battery
voltage is higher than 80%
 Current through sense resistor on driver bank A is more than 25 A
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 369 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 370 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


Preparation
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 371 | P a g e
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it
could damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF
position when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in
order to reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1204a SRT


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 372 | P a g e
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1204b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1204c SRT


Repairs or component replacements appropriate component ‘Solenoid Valve
Injector, Cylinder 1’ and use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1204d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 373 | P a g e


P1205
Code number P1205
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 - Current too low or open circuit on ECU D420 pin
A4
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.

Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when power stage hardware is active.
Set condition of fault code This condition is set when current in Needle control valve is less than 4.5 A.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 374 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 375 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 376 | P a g e
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness,
if necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors,
electrical control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not
recommended, as it could damage the harness. The ignition should
always be in the OFF position when connecting or disconnecting
electrical components in order to reduce the likelihood of damage to
electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run
the diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues
may be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes.
Refer to the 'possible causes' section.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 377 | P a g e


Step 1 Step ID 1205a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1205b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1205c SRT


Repairs or component replacements appropriate component ‘Solenoid Valve
Injector, Cylinder 5’ and use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1205d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 378 | P a g e


P1206
Code number P1206
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 5-Short circuit between ECU D420 pin A3 and A4.
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.

Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when power stage hardware is active.
Set condition of fault code  High side voltage on the injector (before injection) compared to battery voltage is
less than 20% and greater than 80.00% of threshold value
 Current passing through sense resistor is greater than 25.00A of the threshold
value
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 379 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 380 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Possible cause No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to
reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1206a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1206b SRT


Follow ESV through to find any electrical related problems
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 381 | P a g e
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
 Supply and signal voltages.
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 No: Issue resolved.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements. Proceed
to Step 3
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the Step 4 in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 3 Step ID 1206c SRT


Replace: Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 5
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to Step 4 in the troubleshooting
process

Step 4 Step ID 1206d SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 382 | P a g e


P1207
Code number P1207
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 5-Voltage too low or short circuit to ground on ECU
D420 pin A4.
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs when power stage hardware is active.
Set condition of fault code  High side voltage on the injector (before injection) compared to battery voltage is
less than 20.00% of threshold value
 Current through sense resistor on driver bank B is less than 4.5A of the threshold
value
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 383 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 384 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it
could damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF
position when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in
order to reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues
may be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes.
Refer to the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1207a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1207b SRT


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 385 | P a g e
Follow ESV through to find any electrical related problems
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
 Supply and signal voltages.
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 No: Issue resolved.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults. Proceed to step 3.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the step 4 in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 3 Step ID 1207c SRT


Replace: Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 5
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the step 4 in the
troubleshooting process

Step 4 Step ID 1207d SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 386 | P a g e


P1208
Code number P1208
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 5, Voltage too high or short circuit to supply on ECU
D420 pin A4
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition The diagnostic condition begins when the power stage hardware is active
Set condition of fault code  High side voltage on the injector (before injection) compared to battery voltage is
greater than 80% of threshold value
 Current through sense resistor on driver bank B is greater than 25A of threshold
value
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 387 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 388 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes
Additional information No additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to
reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1208a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1208b SRT

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 389 | P a g e


Electrical Checks (B425)
For all electrical checks and diagrams, refer to the Engine Service Rapido electrical
schematic viewer (ESV) for detailed schematics, connector pin locations, and
corresponding signal values.
 Enter the Engine number
 Select the ESV icon
 Click the Search button
 Select the “Component Code” within the Electrical Diagram Search pop-up
window
 In the component code box select B425 then Search.

Follow ESV through to find any electrical related problems


Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages.
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 No: Issue resolved
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements. Proceed
to step 3
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the step 4 in the
troubleshooting process.

Step 3 Step ID 1208c SRT


Replace: Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 5
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to Step 4 in the troubleshooting
process

Step 4 Step ID 1208d SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 390 | P a g e


P1209
Code number P1209
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 3, Current too low or open circuit on ECU D420 pin A5
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition The diagnostic condition begins when the power stage hardware is active.
Set condition of fault code Current in Needle control valve is less than 4.50A of the threshold value.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 391 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 392 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Preparation
 key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes
Additional information No additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1209a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1209b SRT


Electrical Checks (B423)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 393 | P a g e


For all electrical checks and diagrams, refer to the Engine Service Rapido electrical
schematic viewer (ESV) for detailed schematics, connector pin locations, and
corresponding signal values.
 Enter the Engine number
 Select the ESV icon
 Click the Search button
 Select the “Component Code” within the Electrical Diagram Search pop-up
window
 In the component code box select B425 then Search.
Follow ESV through to find any electrical related problems
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages.
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 No: Issue Resolved.
 Yes: Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements. Proceed
to step 3
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to Step 4 in the troubleshooting
process.

Step 3 Step ID 1209c SRT


Replace: Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 3
Replace the identified faulty component.
Use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of active faults.
 If this related fault is no longer active, then this issue has been resolved.
 If this related fault is still active, continue to the Step 4 in the troubleshooting
process

Step 4 Step ID 1209d SRT


Contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call Center
For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the PACCAR Engine Support Call
Center at 1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 394 | P a g e


P1210
Code number P1210
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 – Short circuit between ECU D420 pin A6 and A5
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.

Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs whenever the engine is running at idle or higher RPM.
Set condition of fault code This code will set If the voltage on the ground wire for the injector below 2.4 volts or
exceeds 9.6 volts during when the injector is commanded on while the engine is
running.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 395 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 396 | P a g e
cylinder 1
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve
cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve
cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve
cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve
cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve
cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder
5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder
5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder
6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder
6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder
4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder
4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 397 | P a g e
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to reduce
the likelihood of damage to electrical components.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 398 | P a g e


 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1210a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1210b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1210c SRT


Repair or replace the appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-check for the
presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1210d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 399 | P a g e


P1211
Code number P1211
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 – Voltage too low or short circuit to ground on ECU
D420 pin A5
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition This diagnostic runs whenever the engine is running at idle or higher RPM.
Set condition of fault code This code will set If the voltage on the ground wire for the injector below 2.4 volts
during when the injector is commanded on while the engine is running.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 400 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 401 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 402 | P a g e
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it
could damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF
position when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in
order to reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 403 | P a g e


Step 1 Step ID 1211a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1211b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1211c SRT


Repair or replace the appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-check for the
presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolved
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1211d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 404 | P a g e


P1212
Code number P1212
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 – Voltage too high or short circuit to supply on ECU
D420 pin A5
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid activation
in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated by the PCI
ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of the
injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Diagnostic conditions runs when Power stage hardware is active
Set condition of fault code  High side voltage on the injector (before injection) compared to battery voltage is
greater than 80.00% of threshold value
 Current through sense resistor on driver bank A is greater than 25.00% of the
threshold value
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 405 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 406 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
1 7
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 407 | P a g e


Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Possible causes No Possible causes available
Additional information No additional information available

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 408 | P a g e


Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it
could damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF
position when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in
order to reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer
to the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1212a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1212b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1212c SRT


Repairs or component replacements appropriate component
“Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 3 and use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of
active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1212d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.

Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the engine
off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 409 | P a g e


P1213
Code number P1213
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 – Current too low or open circuit on ECU D420 pin
A8
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Diagnostic conditions runs when Power stage hardware is active
Set condition of fault code Current in Needle control valve is less than 4.50A of threshold value
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 410 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 411 | P a g e


D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function
A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 412 | P a g e


Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available
Additional information No additional information available

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 413 | P a g e


Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it could
damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF position
when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in order to
reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout locations,
always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues may
be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes. Refer to
the 'possible causes' section.

Step 3 Step ID 1213c SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1213b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1213c SRT


Repairs or component replacements appropriate component “
Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 6” and use DAVIE to re-check for the presence of
active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1213d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 414 | P a g e


P1214
Code number P1214
Fault code description Injector Solenoid Valve Cylinder 6 – Short circuit between ECU D420 pin A7 and A8
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 415 | P a g e


P1215
Code number P1215
Fault code description Injector Solenoid Valve Cylinder 6 – Voltage too low or Short circuit to ground on ECU
D420 pin A8
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 416 | P a g e


P1216
Code number P1216
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 – Voltage too high or short circuit to supply on ECU
D420 pin A8
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 417 | P a g e


P1217
Code number P1217
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 – Current too low or open circuit on ECU D420 pin
A9
Fault code information

Please Contact the Engine Support Center

Description of component(s)
Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 418 | P a g e


P1218
Code number P1218
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 – Short circuit between ECU D420 pin A10 and A9
Fault code information
Description of component(s)

Please contact Engine support center

Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 419 | P a g e


P1219
Code number P1219
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 – Voltage too low or short circuit to ground on ECU
420 pin A9
Fault code information
Description of component(s)

Please contact Engine support center

Location of component(s)
Diagnostic condition
Set condition of fault code
Reset condition of fault code
Electrical diagram(s)
Technical data
Possible causes
Additional information
Diagnostic Step-by-Step
Verification Drive Cycle
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 420 | P a g e


P1220
Code number P1220
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 - Voltage too high or short circuit to supply on ECU
D420 pin A9
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Diagnostic condition is set when Power stage hardware is active in less than one
second.
Set condition of fault code  High side voltage on the injector (before injection) compared to battery voltage is
greater than the threshold value 80.00% then the condition is set.
 Current through sense resistor on driver bank B is greater than the threshold
value 25.00A then the condition is set.
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 421 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 422 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 423 | P a g e
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes information available
Additional information No additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout
harness, if necessary, to check electrical components, such as
sensors, electrical control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not
recommended, as it could damage the harness. The ignition should
always be in the OFF position when connecting or disconnecting
electrical components in order to reduce the likelihood of damage to
electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the
troubleshooting process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run
the diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues
may be the root cause of both active and inactive fault
codes. Refer to the 'possible causes' section.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 424 | P a g e


Step 1 Step ID 1220a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1220b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1220c SRT


Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements and use DAVIE to re-
check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1220d SRT


Replace: Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 2
Replace the identified faulty component and use DAVIE to re-check for the
presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 1220e SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 425 | P a g e


P1221
Code number P1221
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 - Current too low or open circuit on ECU D420 pin
A12
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type - Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition Diagnostic condition is set when Power stage hardware is active in less than one
second
Set condition of fault code Current in Needle control valve is less than 4.50A
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 426 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 427 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 428 | P a g e


 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes information available
Additional information No additional information available
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it
could damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF
position when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in
order to reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues
may be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes.
Refer to the 'possible causes' section.

Step 1 Step ID 1221a SRT


Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 429 | P a g e
Step 2 Step ID 1221b SRT
Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical
values are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1221c SRT


Make the appropriate repairs or component replacements and use DAVIE to re-
check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1221d SRT


Replace: Solenoid Valve Injector, Cylinder 4
Replace the identified faulty component and use DAVIE to re-check for the
presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 5

Step 5 Step ID 1221e SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 430 | P a g e


P1222
Code number P1222
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 4– Short circuit between ECU D420 pin A11 and A12
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition The diagnostic runs when power stage hardware is active
Set condition of fault code This condition is set when
 High side voltage on the injector (before injection) compared to battery
voltage is in between 20% to 80% of threshold value
 Current through sense resistor on driver bank A is more than 25 A
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 431 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 432 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460

Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]
Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460

Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C [248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 433 | P a g e


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness,
if necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors,
electrical control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not
recommended, as it could damage the harness. The ignition should
always be in the OFF position when connecting or disconnecting
electrical components in order to reduce the likelihood of damage to
electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run
the diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues
may be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes.
Refer to the 'possible causes' section.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 434 | P a g e


Step 1 Step ID 1222a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1222b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1222c SRT


Repairs or component replacements appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-
check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1222d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 435 | P a g e


P1223
Code number P1223
Fault code description Injector solenoid valve cylinder 4– Voltage too low or short circuit to ground on ECU
D420 pin A12
Fault code information 1 trip MIL
3 drive cycle recovery
Readiness group – None
Freeze frame type – Comprehensive
Description of component(s) The fuel injector injects fuel into the combustion chamber.
Control
The amount of fuel injected depends on the duration of the injector solenoid
activation in combination with the rail pressure. The longer the solenoid is activated
by the PCI ECU at the same rail pressure, the more fuel is injected.
Injector codes
Every fuel injector is calibrated during production to compensate for any production
tolerances. An injector calibration code is present on the housing and connector of
the injector. These injector codes must be (re)programmed with DAVIE if one or more
injectors have been replaced or fitted in another position, or if the PCI ECU is
replaced.
Not programming or incorrectly programmed injector codes can result in reduced
engine performance or a warning to the driver.
Location of component(s)

Diagnostic condition The diagnostic runs when power stage hardware is active
Set condition of fault code This condition is set when
 High side voltage on the injector (before injection) compared to battery
voltage is less than 20% of threshold value
 Current through sense resistor on driver bank B is less than 4.5 A
Reset condition of fault code This fault code will change to inactive immediately after the diagnostic runs and
passes.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 436 | P a g e


Electrical diagram(s)

Wiring harness connector D420.A front view

Wiring harness connector B460 & B461 front view


B460 connector cylinders 1-3
B461 connector cylinders 4-6
D420 PCI ECU
B421 solenoid valve injector cylinder 1
B422 solenoid valve injector cylinder 2
B423 solenoid valve injector cylinder 3
B424 solenoid valve injector cylinder 4
B425 solenoid valve injector cylinder 5
B426 solenoid valve injector cylinder 6

D420 B460 B421 B422 B423 Function


A1 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 437 | P a g e
A2 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1
A5 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A6 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3
A9 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2
A10 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2

D420 B460 B424 B425 B426 Function


A3 2 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A4 8 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5
A7 3 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A8 9 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6
A11 1 1 Signal high, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
A12 7 2 Signal low, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4
Technical data Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 1 (B421)
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 2 (B422)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 3 (B423)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B460
 Measure on wiring harness connector B460
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 4 (B424)


2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 438 | P a g e
Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
1 7 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 5 (B425)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
2 8 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]

Component check, injector solenoid valve cylinder 6 (B426)


Preparation
 Key off the ignition
 Disconnect connector B461
 Measure on wiring harness connector B461
Pin Pin
(+ probe) (- probe) Value Additional information
3 9 ± 0.67 Ω Resistance value at 20°C [68°F]
maximum 0.94 Ω Resistance value at 120°C
[248°F]
Possible causes No possible causes available.
Additional information No additional information available.
Diagnostic Step-by-Step Perform the troubleshooting steps below using the breakout harness, if
necessary, to check electrical components, such as sensors, electrical
control units, and harnesses. Back probing is not recommended, as it
could damage the harness. The ignition should always be in the OFF
position when connecting or disconnecting electrical components in
order to reduce the likelihood of damage to electrical components.
 Disconnecting the EAS connectors during the troubleshooting
process will result in multiple errors.
 For specific electrical component information and pinout
locations, always refer to the technical data.
 It is necessary to exit the fault code menu in DAVIE and run the
diagnostic test again to identify a change in errors.
 Remember that the truck's operational or mechanical issues
may be the root cause of both active and inactive fault codes.
Refer to the 'possible causes' section.

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 439 | P a g e


Step 1 Step ID 1223a SRT
Visually inspect all applicable connectors (bent, broken, corroded or loose pins)
and harnesses for corrosion, damage, and rubbing during each step of the
diagnostic procedure. Proceed to step 2.

Step 2 Step ID 1223b SRT


Electrical Checks
Ensure that the ignition key/switch has been set to OFF before disconnecting
related cables.
Based on the fault message provided, confirm that the following electrical values
are within specified ranges or limits:
 Supply and signal voltages (12V).
 Cable continuity (no opens or shorts).
Are measured electrical values outside of expected range or limits?
 Yes - Proceed to step 3
 No - Proceed to step 4

Step 3 Step ID 1223c SRT


Repairs or component replacements appropriate component and use DAVIE to re-
check for the presence of active faults.
 Fault inactive – issue resolve
 Fault active - Proceed to step 4

Step 4 Step ID 1223d SRT


For further assistance in diagnosing this issue or for confirmation prior to the
replacement of suspect components, contact the Engine Support Call Center at
1-800-477-0251.
Verification Drive Cycle To validate repair, with the brakes set, turn the key to the ON position with the
engine off, and allow 10 seconds for the system to initialize and run diagnostics.
Back to Index

2013 PACCAR MX Diagnostic Service Manual 440 | P a g e

You might also like